blob: 873315c823c937d722c30edd4f86e92182ac9ecc [file] [log] [blame]
Christian Brabandtfe1e2b52024-04-26 18:42:59 +02001*syntax.txt* For Vim version 9.1. Last change: 2024 Apr 26
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002
3
4 VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
5
6
7Syntax highlighting *syntax* *syntax-highlighting* *coloring*
8
9Syntax highlighting enables Vim to show parts of the text in another font or
10color. Those parts can be specific keywords or text matching a pattern. Vim
11doesn't parse the whole file (to keep it fast), so the highlighting has its
12limitations. Lexical highlighting might be a better name, but since everybody
13calls it syntax highlighting we'll stick with that.
14
15Vim supports syntax highlighting on all terminals. But since most ordinary
16terminals have very limited highlighting possibilities, it works best in the
17GUI version, gvim.
18
19In the User Manual:
20|usr_06.txt| introduces syntax highlighting.
21|usr_44.txt| introduces writing a syntax file.
22
231. Quick start |:syn-qstart|
242. Syntax files |:syn-files|
253. Syntax loading procedure |syntax-loading|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100264. Converting to HTML |2html.vim|
275. Syntax file remarks |:syn-file-remarks|
286. Defining a syntax |:syn-define|
297. :syntax arguments |:syn-arguments|
308. Syntax patterns |:syn-pattern|
319. Syntax clusters |:syn-cluster|
Bram Moolenaarc8c88492018-12-27 23:59:26 +01003210. Including syntax files |:syn-include|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003311. Synchronizing |:syn-sync|
3412. Listing syntax items |:syntax|
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01003513. Colorschemes |color-schemes|
3614. Highlight command |:highlight|
3715. Linking groups |:highlight-link|
3816. Cleaning up |:syn-clear|
3917. Highlighting tags |tag-highlight|
4018. Window-local syntax |:ownsyntax|
4119. Color xterms |xterm-color|
4220. When syntax is slow |:syntime|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000043
44{Vi does not have any of these commands}
45
46Syntax highlighting is not available when the |+syntax| feature has been
47disabled at compile time.
48
49==============================================================================
501. Quick start *:syn-qstart*
51
52 *:syn-enable* *:syntax-enable*
53This command switches on syntax highlighting: >
54
55 :syntax enable
56
57What this command actually does is to execute the command >
58 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
59
60If the VIM environment variable is not set, Vim will try to find
61the path in another way (see |$VIMRUNTIME|). Usually this works just
62fine. If it doesn't, try setting the VIM environment variable to the
63directory where the Vim stuff is located. For example, if your syntax files
Bram Moolenaar8024f932020-01-14 19:29:13 +010064are in the "/usr/vim/vim82/syntax" directory, set $VIMRUNTIME to
65"/usr/vim/vim82". You must do this in the shell, before starting Vim.
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +010066This command also sources the |menu.vim| script when the GUI is running or
67will start soon. See |'go-M'| about avoiding that.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000068
69 *:syn-on* *:syntax-on*
Bram Moolenaar4072ba52020-12-23 13:56:35 +010070The `:syntax enable` command will keep most of your current color settings.
71This allows using `:highlight` commands to set your preferred colors before or
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000072after using this command. If you want Vim to overrule your settings with the
73defaults, use: >
74 :syntax on
75<
76 *:hi-normal* *:highlight-normal*
77If you are running in the GUI, you can get white text on a black background
78with: >
79 :highlight Normal guibg=Black guifg=White
80For a color terminal see |:hi-normal-cterm|.
81For setting up your own colors syntax highlighting see |syncolor|.
82
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010083NOTE: The syntax files on MS-Windows have lines that end in <CR><NL>.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000084The files for Unix end in <NL>. This means you should use the right type of
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010085file for your system. Although on MS-Windows the right format is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000086automatically selected if the 'fileformats' option is not empty.
87
88NOTE: When using reverse video ("gvim -fg white -bg black"), the default value
89of 'background' will not be set until the GUI window is opened, which is after
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000090reading the |gvimrc|. This will cause the wrong default highlighting to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000091used. To set the default value of 'background' before switching on
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000092highlighting, include the ":gui" command in the |gvimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000093
94 :gui " open window and set default for 'background'
95 :syntax on " start highlighting, use 'background' to set colors
96
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000097NOTE: Using ":gui" in the |gvimrc| means that "gvim -f" won't start in the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000098foreground! Use ":gui -f" then.
99
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200100 *g:syntax_on*
101You can toggle the syntax on/off with this command: >
102 :if exists("g:syntax_on") | syntax off | else | syntax enable | endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000103
104To put this into a mapping, you can use: >
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200105 :map <F7> :if exists("g:syntax_on") <Bar>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000106 \ syntax off <Bar>
107 \ else <Bar>
108 \ syntax enable <Bar>
109 \ endif <CR>
110[using the |<>| notation, type this literally]
111
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000112Details:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000113The ":syntax" commands are implemented by sourcing a file. To see exactly how
114this works, look in the file:
115 command file ~
116 :syntax enable $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
117 :syntax on $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
118 :syntax manual $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/manual.vim
119 :syntax off $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
120Also see |syntax-loading|.
121
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100122NOTE: If displaying long lines is slow and switching off syntax highlighting
123makes it fast, consider setting the 'synmaxcol' option to a lower value.
124
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000125==============================================================================
1262. Syntax files *:syn-files*
127
128The syntax and highlighting commands for one language are normally stored in
129a syntax file. The name convention is: "{name}.vim". Where {name} is the
130name of the language, or an abbreviation (to fit the name in 8.3 characters,
131a requirement in case the file is used on a DOS filesystem).
132Examples:
133 c.vim perl.vim java.vim html.vim
134 cpp.vim sh.vim csh.vim
135
136The syntax file can contain any Ex commands, just like a vimrc file. But
137the idea is that only commands for a specific language are included. When a
138language is a superset of another language, it may include the other one,
139for example, the cpp.vim file could include the c.vim file: >
140 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/c.vim
141
142The .vim files are normally loaded with an autocommand. For example: >
143 :au Syntax c runtime! syntax/c.vim
144 :au Syntax cpp runtime! syntax/cpp.vim
145These commands are normally in the file $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/synload.vim.
146
147
148MAKING YOUR OWN SYNTAX FILES *mysyntaxfile*
149
150When you create your own syntax files, and you want to have Vim use these
151automatically with ":syntax enable", do this:
152
1531. Create your user runtime directory. You would normally use the first item
154 of the 'runtimepath' option. Example for Unix: >
155 mkdir ~/.vim
156
1572. Create a directory in there called "syntax". For Unix: >
158 mkdir ~/.vim/syntax
159
1603. Write the Vim syntax file. Or download one from the internet. Then write
161 it in your syntax directory. For example, for the "mine" syntax: >
162 :w ~/.vim/syntax/mine.vim
163
164Now you can start using your syntax file manually: >
165 :set syntax=mine
166You don't have to exit Vim to use this.
167
168If you also want Vim to detect the type of file, see |new-filetype|.
169
170If you are setting up a system with many users and you don't want each user
171to add the same syntax file, you can use another directory from 'runtimepath'.
172
173
174ADDING TO AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-add*
175
176If you are mostly satisfied with an existing syntax file, but would like to
177add a few items or change the highlighting, follow these steps:
178
1791. Create your user directory from 'runtimepath', see above.
180
1812. Create a directory in there called "after/syntax". For Unix: >
182 mkdir ~/.vim/after
183 mkdir ~/.vim/after/syntax
184
1853. Write a Vim script that contains the commands you want to use. For
186 example, to change the colors for the C syntax: >
187 highlight cComment ctermfg=Green guifg=Green
188
1894. Write that file in the "after/syntax" directory. Use the name of the
190 syntax, with ".vim" added. For our C syntax: >
191 :w ~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim
192
193That's it. The next time you edit a C file the Comment color will be
194different. You don't even have to restart Vim.
195
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +0000196If you have multiple files, you can use the filetype as the directory name.
197All the "*.vim" files in this directory will be used, for example:
198 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/one.vim
199 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/two.vim
200
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000201
202REPLACING AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-replace*
203
204If you don't like a distributed syntax file, or you have downloaded a new
205version, follow the same steps as for |mysyntaxfile| above. Just make sure
206that you write the syntax file in a directory that is early in 'runtimepath'.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +0200207Vim will only load the first syntax file found, assuming that it sets
208b:current_syntax.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000209
210
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100211NAMING CONVENTIONS *group-name* *{group-name}* *E669* *W18*
212
213A syntax group name is to be used for syntax items that match the same kind of
214thing. These are then linked to a highlight group that specifies the color.
215A syntax group name doesn't specify any color or attributes itself.
216
Gregory Andersd4376dc2023-08-20 19:14:03 +0200217The name for a highlight or syntax group must consist of ASCII letters,
218digits, underscores, dots, or hyphens. As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_.-]*".
219However, Vim does not give an error when using other characters. The maximum
220length of a group name is about 200 bytes. *E1249*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000221
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +0100222To be able to allow each user to pick their favorite set of colors, there must
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000223be preferred names for highlight groups that are common for many languages.
224These are the suggested group names (if syntax highlighting works properly
225you can see the actual color, except for "Ignore"):
226
227 *Comment any comment
228
229 *Constant any constant
230 String a string constant: "this is a string"
231 Character a character constant: 'c', '\n'
232 Number a number constant: 234, 0xff
233 Boolean a boolean constant: TRUE, false
234 Float a floating point constant: 2.3e10
235
236 *Identifier any variable name
237 Function function name (also: methods for classes)
238
239 *Statement any statement
240 Conditional if, then, else, endif, switch, etc.
241 Repeat for, do, while, etc.
242 Label case, default, etc.
243 Operator "sizeof", "+", "*", etc.
244 Keyword any other keyword
245 Exception try, catch, throw
246
247 *PreProc generic Preprocessor
248 Include preprocessor #include
249 Define preprocessor #define
250 Macro same as Define
251 PreCondit preprocessor #if, #else, #endif, etc.
252
253 *Type int, long, char, etc.
254 StorageClass static, register, volatile, etc.
255 Structure struct, union, enum, etc.
256 Typedef A typedef
257
258 *Special any special symbol
259 SpecialChar special character in a constant
260 Tag you can use CTRL-] on this
261 Delimiter character that needs attention
262 SpecialComment special things inside a comment
263 Debug debugging statements
264
265 *Underlined text that stands out, HTML links
266
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200267 *Ignore left blank, hidden |hl-Ignore|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000268
269 *Error any erroneous construct
270
271 *Todo anything that needs extra attention; mostly the
272 keywords TODO FIXME and XXX
273
Romain Lafourcade124371c2024-01-07 15:08:31 +0100274 *Added added line in a diff
275 *Changed changed line in a diff
276 *Removed removed line in a diff
277
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000278The names marked with * are the preferred groups; the others are minor groups.
279For the preferred groups, the "syntax.vim" file contains default highlighting.
280The minor groups are linked to the preferred groups, so they get the same
281highlighting. You can override these defaults by using ":highlight" commands
282after sourcing the "syntax.vim" file.
283
284Note that highlight group names are not case sensitive. "String" and "string"
285can be used for the same group.
286
287The following names are reserved and cannot be used as a group name:
288 NONE ALL ALLBUT contains contained
289
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200290 *hl-Ignore*
291When using the Ignore group, you may also consider using the conceal
292mechanism. See |conceal|.
293
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000294==============================================================================
2953. Syntax loading procedure *syntax-loading*
296
297This explains the details that happen when the command ":syntax enable" is
298issued. When Vim initializes itself, it finds out where the runtime files are
299located. This is used here as the variable |$VIMRUNTIME|.
300
301":syntax enable" and ":syntax on" do the following:
302
303 Source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
304 |
305 +- Clear out any old syntax by sourcing $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
306 |
307 +- Source first syntax/synload.vim in 'runtimepath'
308 | |
309 | +- Setup the colors for syntax highlighting. If a color scheme is
310 | | defined it is loaded again with ":colors {name}". Otherwise
311 | | ":runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim" is used. ":syntax on" overrules
312 | | existing colors, ":syntax enable" only sets groups that weren't
313 | | set yet.
314 | |
315 | +- Set up syntax autocmds to load the appropriate syntax file when
316 | | the 'syntax' option is set. *synload-1*
317 | |
318 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the |mysyntaxfile| variable.
319 | This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only. *synload-2*
320 |
321 +- Do ":filetype on", which does ":runtime! filetype.vim". It loads any
322 | filetype.vim files found. It should always Source
323 | $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim, which does the following.
324 | |
325 | +- Install autocmds based on suffix to set the 'filetype' option
326 | | This is where the connection between file name and file type is
327 | | made for known file types. *synload-3*
328 | |
329 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myfiletypefile*
330 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
331 | | *synload-4*
332 | |
333 | +- Install one autocommand which sources scripts.vim when no file
334 | | type was detected yet. *synload-5*
335 | |
336 | +- Source $VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim, to setup the Syntax menu. |menu.vim|
337 |
338 +- Install a FileType autocommand to set the 'syntax' option when a file
339 | type has been detected. *synload-6*
340 |
341 +- Execute syntax autocommands to start syntax highlighting for each
342 already loaded buffer.
343
344
345Upon loading a file, Vim finds the relevant syntax file as follows:
346
347 Loading the file triggers the BufReadPost autocommands.
348 |
349 +- If there is a match with one of the autocommands from |synload-3|
350 | (known file types) or |synload-4| (user's file types), the 'filetype'
351 | option is set to the file type.
352 |
353 +- The autocommand at |synload-5| is triggered. If the file type was not
354 | found yet, then scripts.vim is searched for in 'runtimepath'. This
355 | should always load $VIMRUNTIME/scripts.vim, which does the following.
356 | |
357 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myscriptsfile*
358 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
359 | |
360 | +- If the file type is still unknown, check the contents of the file,
361 | again with checks like "getline(1) =~ pattern" as to whether the
362 | file type can be recognized, and set 'filetype'.
363 |
364 +- When the file type was determined and 'filetype' was set, this
365 | triggers the FileType autocommand |synload-6| above. It sets
366 | 'syntax' to the determined file type.
367 |
368 +- When the 'syntax' option was set above, this triggers an autocommand
369 | from |synload-1| (and |synload-2|). This find the main syntax file in
370 | 'runtimepath', with this command:
371 | runtime! syntax/<name>.vim
372 |
373 +- Any other user installed FileType or Syntax autocommands are
374 triggered. This can be used to change the highlighting for a specific
375 syntax.
376
377==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003784. Conversion to HTML *2html.vim* *convert-to-HTML*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000379
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003802html is not a syntax file itself, but a script that converts the current
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200381window into HTML. Vim opens a new window in which it builds the HTML file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000382
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200383After you save the resulting file, you can view it with any browser. The
384colors should be exactly the same as you see them in Vim. With
385|g:html_line_ids| you can jump to specific lines by adding (for example) #L123
386or #123 to the end of the URL in your browser's address bar. And with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +0200387|g:html_dynamic_folds| enabled, you can show or hide the text that is folded
388in Vim.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200389
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000390You are not supposed to set the 'filetype' or 'syntax' option to "2html"!
391Source the script to convert the current file: >
392
393 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
394<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200395Many variables affect the output of 2html.vim; see below. Any of the on/off
396options listed below can be enabled or disabled by setting them explicitly to
397the desired value, or restored to their default by removing the variable using
398|:unlet|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000399
400Remarks:
Bram Moolenaar076e8b22010-08-05 21:54:00 +0200401- Some truly ancient browsers may not show the background colors.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000402- From most browsers you can also print the file (in color)!
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200403- The latest TOhtml may actually work with older versions of Vim, but some
Bram Moolenaar166af9b2010-11-16 20:34:40 +0100404 features such as conceal support will not function, and the colors may be
405 incorrect for an old Vim without GUI support compiled in.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000406
407Here is an example how to run the script over all .c and .h files from a
408Unix shell: >
409 for f in *.[ch]; do gvim -f +"syn on" +"run! syntax/2html.vim" +"wq" +"q" $f; done
410<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200411 *g:html_start_line* *g:html_end_line*
412To restrict the conversion to a range of lines, use a range with the |:TOhtml|
413command below, or set "g:html_start_line" and "g:html_end_line" to the first
414and last line to be converted. Example, using the last set Visual area: >
415
416 :let g:html_start_line = line("'<")
417 :let g:html_end_line = line("'>")
418 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
419<
420 *:TOhtml*
421:[range]TOhtml The ":TOhtml" command is defined in a standard plugin.
422 This command will source |2html.vim| for you. When a
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200423 range is given, this command sets |g:html_start_line|
424 and |g:html_end_line| to the start and end of the
425 range, respectively. Default range is the entire
426 buffer.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200427
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200428 If the current window is part of a |diff|, unless
429 |g:html_diff_one_file| is set, :TOhtml will convert
430 all windows which are part of the diff in the current
431 tab and place them side-by-side in a <table> element
432 in the generated HTML. With |g:html_line_ids| you can
433 jump to lines in specific windows with (for example)
434 #W1L42 for line 42 in the first diffed window, or
435 #W3L87 for line 87 in the third.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200436
437 Examples: >
438
439 :10,40TOhtml " convert lines 10-40 to html
440 :'<,'>TOhtml " convert current/last visual selection
441 :TOhtml " convert entire buffer
442<
443 *g:html_diff_one_file*
444Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200445When 0, and using |:TOhtml| all windows involved in a |diff| in the current tab
446page are converted to HTML and placed side-by-side in a <table> element. When
4471, only the current buffer is converted.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200448Example: >
449
450 let g:html_diff_one_file = 1
451<
452 *g:html_whole_filler*
453Default: 0.
454When 0, if |g:html_diff_one_file| is 1, a sequence of more than 3 filler lines
455is displayed as three lines with the middle line mentioning the total number
456of inserted lines.
457When 1, always display all inserted lines as if |g:html_diff_one_file| were
458not set.
459>
460 :let g:html_whole_filler = 1
461<
462 *TOhtml-performance* *g:html_no_progress*
463Default: 0.
464When 0, display a progress bar in the statusline for each major step in the
4652html.vim conversion process.
466When 1, do not display the progress bar. This offers a minor speed improvement
467but you won't have any idea how much longer the conversion might take; for big
468files it can take a long time!
469Example: >
470
471 let g:html_no_progress = 1
472<
473You can obtain better performance improvements by also instructing Vim to not
474run interactively, so that too much time is not taken to redraw as the script
475moves through the buffer, switches windows, and the like: >
476
477 vim -E -s -c "let g:html_no_progress=1" -c "syntax on" -c "set ft=c" -c "runtime syntax/2html.vim" -cwqa myfile.c
478<
479Note that the -s flag prevents loading your .vimrc and any plugins, so you
480need to explicitly source/enable anything that will affect the HTML
481conversion. See |-E| and |-s-ex| for details. It is probably best to create a
482script to replace all the -c commands and use it with the -u flag instead of
483specifying each command separately.
484
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100485 *hl-TOhtmlProgress* *TOhtml-progress-color*
486When displayed, the progress bar will show colored boxes along the statusline
487as the HTML conversion proceeds. By default, the background color as the
488current "DiffDelete" highlight group is used. If "DiffDelete" and "StatusLine"
489have the same background color, TOhtml will automatically adjust the color to
490differ. If you do not like the automatically selected colors, you can define
491your own highlight colors for the progress bar. Example: >
492
493 hi TOhtmlProgress guifg=#c0ffee ctermbg=7
494<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200495 *g:html_number_lines*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100496Default: Current 'number' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200497When 0, buffer text is displayed in the generated HTML without line numbering.
498When 1, a column of line numbers is added to the generated HTML with the same
499highlighting as the line number column in Vim (|hl-LineNr|).
500Force line numbers even if 'number' is not set: >
501 :let g:html_number_lines = 1
502Force to omit the line numbers: >
503 :let g:html_number_lines = 0
504Go back to the default to use 'number' by deleting the variable: >
505 :unlet g:html_number_lines
506<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100507 *g:html_line_ids*
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200508Default: 1 if |g:html_number_lines| is set, 0 otherwise.
509When 1, adds an HTML id attribute to each line number, or to an empty <span>
510inserted for that purpose if no line numbers are shown. This ID attribute
511takes the form of L123 for single-buffer HTML pages, or W2L123 for diff-view
512pages, and is used to jump to a specific line (in a specific window of a diff
513view). Javascript is inserted to open any closed dynamic folds
Bram Moolenaar34401cc2014-08-29 15:12:19 +0200514(|g:html_dynamic_folds|) containing the specified line before jumping. The
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200515javascript also allows omitting the window ID in the url, and the leading L.
516For example: >
517
518 page.html#L123 jumps to line 123 in a single-buffer file
519 page.html#123 does the same
520
521 diff.html#W1L42 jumps to line 42 in the first window in a diff
522 diff.html#42 does the same
523<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200524 *g:html_use_css*
525Default: 1.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100526When 1, generate valid HTML 5 markup with CSS styling, supported in all modern
527browsers and many old browsers.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200528When 0, generate <font> tags and similar outdated markup. This is not
529recommended but it may work better in really old browsers, email clients,
530forum posts, and similar situations where basic CSS support is unavailable.
531Example: >
532 :let g:html_use_css = 0
533<
534 *g:html_ignore_conceal*
535Default: 0.
536When 0, concealed text is removed from the HTML and replaced with a character
537from |:syn-cchar| or 'listchars' as appropriate, depending on the current
538value of 'conceallevel'.
539When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML, even if it is
540|conceal|ed.
541
542Either of the following commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is
543included in the generated HTML (unless it is folded): >
544 :let g:html_ignore_conceal = 1
545 :setl conceallevel=0
546<
547 *g:html_ignore_folding*
548Default: 0.
549When 0, text in a closed fold is replaced by the text shown for the fold in
550Vim (|fold-foldtext|). See |g:html_dynamic_folds| if you also want to allow
551the user to expand the fold as in Vim to see the text inside.
552When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML; whether the
553text is in a fold has no impact at all. |g:html_dynamic_folds| has no effect.
554
555Either of these commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is included
556in the generated HTML (unless it is concealed): >
557 zR
558 :let g:html_ignore_folding = 1
559<
560 *g:html_dynamic_folds*
561Default: 0.
562When 0, text in a closed fold is not included at all in the generated HTML.
563When 1, generate javascript to open a fold and show the text within, just like
564in Vim.
565
566Setting this variable to 1 causes 2html.vim to always use CSS for styling,
567regardless of what |g:html_use_css| is set to.
568
569This variable is ignored when |g:html_ignore_folding| is set.
570>
571 :let g:html_dynamic_folds = 1
572<
573 *g:html_no_foldcolumn*
574Default: 0.
575When 0, if |g:html_dynamic_folds| is 1, generate a column of text similar to
576Vim's foldcolumn (|fold-foldcolumn|) the user can click on to toggle folds
577open or closed. The minimum width of the generated text column is the current
578'foldcolumn' setting.
579When 1, do not generate this column; instead, hovering the mouse cursor over
580folded text will open the fold as if |g:html_hover_unfold| were set.
581>
582 :let g:html_no_foldcolumn = 1
583<
584 *TOhtml-uncopyable-text* *g:html_prevent_copy*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100585Default: Empty string.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200586This option prevents certain regions of the generated HTML from being copied,
587when you select all text in document rendered in a browser and copy it. Useful
588for allowing users to copy-paste only the source text even if a fold column or
589line numbers are shown in the generated content. Specify regions to be
590affected in this way as follows:
591 f: fold column
592 n: line numbers (also within fold text)
593 t: fold text
594 d: diff filler
595
596Example, to make the fold column and line numbers uncopyable: >
597 :let g:html_prevent_copy = "fn"
598<
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100599The method used to prevent copying in the generated page depends on the value
600of |g:html_use_input_for_pc|.
601
602 *g:html_use_input_for_pc*
fritzophrenic86cfb392023-09-08 12:20:01 -0500603Default: "none"
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100604If |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty, then:
605
606When "all", read-only <input> elements are used in place of normal text for
607uncopyable regions. In some browsers, especially older browsers, after
608selecting an entire page and copying the selection, the <input> tags are not
609pasted with the page text. If |g:html_no_invalid| is 0, the <input> tags have
610invalid type; this works in more browsers, but the page will not validate.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100611Note: This method does NOT work in recent versions of Chrome and equivalent
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100612browsers; the <input> tags get pasted with the text.
613
614When "fallback" (default value), the same <input> elements are generated for
615older browsers, but newer browsers (detected by CSS feature query) hide the
616<input> elements and instead use generated content in an ::before pseudoelement
617to display the uncopyable text. This method should work with the largest
618number of browsers, both old and new.
619
620When "none", the <input> elements are not generated at all. Only the
621generated-content method is used. This means that old browsers, notably
622Internet Explorer, will either copy the text intended not to be copyable, or
623the non-copyable text may not appear at all. However, this is the most
624standards-based method, and there will be much less markup.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200625
626 *g:html_no_invalid*
627Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100628When 0, if |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty and |g:html_use_input_for_pc| is
629not "none", an invalid attribute is intentionally inserted into the <input>
630element for the uncopyable areas. This prevents pasting the <input> elements
631in some applications. Specifically, some versions of Microsoft Word will not
632paste the <input> elements if they contain this invalid attribute. When 1, no
633invalid markup is inserted, and the generated page should validate. However,
634<input> elements may be pasted into some applications and can be difficult to
635remove afterward.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200636
637 *g:html_hover_unfold*
638Default: 0.
639When 0, the only way to open a fold generated by 2html.vim with
640|g:html_dynamic_folds| set, is to click on the generated fold column.
641When 1, use CSS 2.0 to allow the user to open a fold by moving the mouse
642cursor over the displayed fold text. This is useful to allow users with
643disabled javascript to view the folded text.
644
645Note that old browsers (notably Internet Explorer 6) will not support this
646feature. Browser-specific markup for IE6 is included to fall back to the
647normal CSS1 styling so that the folds show up correctly for this browser, but
648they will not be openable without a foldcolumn.
649>
650 :let g:html_hover_unfold = 1
651<
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200652 *g:html_id_expr*
653Default: ""
654Dynamic folding and jumping to line IDs rely on unique IDs within the document
655to work. If generated HTML is copied into a larger document, these IDs are no
656longer guaranteed to be unique. Set g:html_id_expr to an expression Vim can
657evaluate to get a unique string to append to each ID used in a given document,
658so that the full IDs will be unique even when combined with other content in a
659larger HTML document. Example, to append _ and the buffer number to each ID: >
660
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +0000661 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_" .. bufnr("%")'
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200662<
663To append a string "_mystring" to the end of each ID: >
664
665 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_mystring"'
666<
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100667Note: When converting a diff view to HTML, the expression will only be
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200668evaluated for the first window in the diff, and the result used for all the
669windows.
670
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200671 *TOhtml-wrap-text* *g:html_pre_wrap*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100672Default: Current 'wrap' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200673When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, the text in the generated HTML does
674not wrap at the edge of the browser window.
675When 1, if |g:html_use_css| is 1, the CSS 2.0 "white-space:pre-wrap" value is
676used, causing the text to wrap at whitespace at the edge of the browser
677window.
678Explicitly enable text wrapping: >
679 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 1
680Explicitly disable wrapping: >
681 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 0
682Go back to default, determine wrapping from 'wrap' setting: >
683 :unlet g:html_pre_wrap
684<
685 *g:html_no_pre*
686Default: 0.
687When 0, buffer text in the generated HTML is surrounded by <pre>...</pre>
688tags. Series of whitespace is shown as in Vim without special markup, and tab
689characters can be included literally (see |g:html_expand_tabs|).
690When 1 (not recommended), the <pre> tags are omitted, and a plain <div> is
691used instead. Whitespace is replaced by a series of &nbsp; character
692references, and <br> is used to end each line. This is another way to allow
693text in the generated HTML is wrap (see |g:html_pre_wrap|) which also works in
694old browsers, but may cause noticeable differences between Vim's display and
695the rendered page generated by 2html.vim.
696>
697 :let g:html_no_pre = 1
698<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100699 *g:html_no_doc*
700Default: 0.
701When 1 it doesn't generate a full HTML document with a DOCTYPE, <head>,
702<body>, etc. If |g:html_use_css| is enabled (the default) you'll have to
703define the CSS manually. The |g:html_dynamic_folds| and |g:html_line_ids|
704settings (off by default) also insert some JavaScript.
705
706
707 *g:html_no_links*
708Default: 0.
709Don't generate <a> tags for text that looks like an URL.
710
711 *g:html_no_modeline*
712Default: 0.
713Don't generate a modeline disabling folding.
714
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200715 *g:html_expand_tabs*
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100716Default: 0 if 'tabstop' is 8, 'expandtab' is 0, 'vartabstop' is not in use,
717 and no fold column or line numbers occur in the generated HTML;
718 1 otherwise.
719When 1, <Tab> characters in the buffer text are replaced with an appropriate
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200720number of space characters, or &nbsp; references if |g:html_no_pre| is 1.
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100721When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, <Tab> characters in the buffer text
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200722are included as-is in the generated HTML. This is useful for when you want to
723allow copy and paste from a browser without losing the actual whitespace in
724the source document. Note that this can easily break text alignment and
725indentation in the HTML, unless set by default.
726
727Force |2html.vim| to keep <Tab> characters: >
728 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 0
729<
730Force tabs to be expanded: >
731 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 1
732<
733 *TOhtml-encoding-detect* *TOhtml-encoding*
734It is highly recommended to set your desired encoding with
735|g:html_use_encoding| for any content which will be placed on a web server.
736
737If you do not specify an encoding, |2html.vim| uses the preferred IANA name
738for the current value of 'fileencoding' if set, or 'encoding' if not.
739'encoding' is always used for certain 'buftype' values. 'fileencoding' will be
740set to match the chosen document encoding.
741
742Automatic detection works for the encodings mentioned specifically by name in
743|encoding-names|, but TOhtml will only automatically use those encodings with
744wide browser support. However, you can override this to support specific
745encodings that may not be automatically detected by default (see options
746below). See http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets for the IANA names.
747
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100748Note: By default all Unicode encodings are converted to UTF-8 with no BOM in
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200749the generated HTML, as recommended by W3C:
750
751 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-choosing-encodings
752 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-byte-order-mark
753
754 *g:html_use_encoding*
755Default: none, uses IANA name for current 'fileencoding' as above.
756To overrule all automatic charset detection, set g:html_use_encoding to the
757name of the charset to be used. It is recommended to set this variable to
758something widely supported, like UTF-8, for anything you will be hosting on a
759webserver: >
760 :let g:html_use_encoding = "UTF-8"
761You can also use this option to omit the line that specifies the charset
762entirely, by setting g:html_use_encoding to an empty string (NOT recommended): >
763 :let g:html_use_encoding = ""
764To go back to the automatic mechanism, delete the |g:html_use_encoding|
765variable: >
766 :unlet g:html_use_encoding
767<
768 *g:html_encoding_override*
769Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
770 mentioned by name at |encoding-names|.
771This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the correct 'fileencoding' when you
772specify an encoding with |g:html_use_encoding| which is not in the default
773list of conversions.
774
775This is a dictionary of charset-encoding pairs that will replace existing
776pairs automatically detected by TOhtml, or supplement with new pairs.
777
778Detect the HTML charset "windows-1252" as the encoding "8bit-cp1252": >
779 :let g:html_encoding_override = {'windows-1252': '8bit-cp1252'}
780<
781 *g:html_charset_override*
782Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
783 mentioned by name at |encoding-names| and which have wide
784 browser support.
785This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the HTML charset for any
786'fileencoding' or 'encoding' which is not detected automatically. You can also
787use it to override specific existing encoding-charset pairs. For example,
788TOhtml will by default use UTF-8 for all Unicode/UCS encodings. To use UTF-16
789and UTF-32 instead, use: >
790 :let g:html_charset_override = {'ucs-4': 'UTF-32', 'utf-16': 'UTF-16'}
791
792Note that documents encoded in either UTF-32 or UTF-16 have known
793compatibility problems with some major browsers.
794
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200795 *g:html_font*
796Default: "monospace"
797You can specify the font or fonts used in the converted document using
798g:html_font. If this option is set to a string, then the value will be
799surrounded with single quotes. If this option is set to a list then each list
800item is surrounded by single quotes and the list is joined with commas. Either
801way, "monospace" is added as the fallback generic family name and the entire
802result used as the font family (using CSS) or font face (if not using CSS).
803Examples: >
804
805 " font-family: 'Consolas', monospace;
806 :let g:html_font = "Consolas"
807
808 " font-family: 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Consolas', monospace;
809 :let g:html_font = ["DejaVu Sans Mono", "Consolas"]
810<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200811 *convert-to-XML* *convert-to-XHTML* *g:html_use_xhtml*
812Default: 0.
813When 0, generate standard HTML 4.01 (strict when possible).
814When 1, generate XHTML 1.0 instead (XML compliant HTML).
815>
816 :let g:html_use_xhtml = 1
817<
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100818==============================================================================
8195. Syntax file remarks *:syn-file-remarks*
820
821 *b:current_syntax-variable*
822Vim stores the name of the syntax that has been loaded in the
823"b:current_syntax" variable. You can use this if you want to load other
824settings, depending on which syntax is active. Example: >
825 :au BufReadPost * if b:current_syntax == "csh"
826 :au BufReadPost * do-some-things
827 :au BufReadPost * endif
828
829
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000830
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000831ABEL *abel.vim* *ft-abel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000832
833ABEL highlighting provides some user-defined options. To enable them, assign
834any value to the respective variable. Example: >
835 :let abel_obsolete_ok=1
836To disable them use ":unlet". Example: >
837 :unlet abel_obsolete_ok
838
839Variable Highlight ~
840abel_obsolete_ok obsolete keywords are statements, not errors
841abel_cpp_comments_illegal do not interpret '//' as inline comment leader
842
843
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000844ADA
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000845
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000846See |ft-ada-syntax|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000847
848
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000849ANT *ant.vim* *ft-ant-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000850
851The ant syntax file provides syntax highlighting for javascript and python
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000852by default. Syntax highlighting for other script languages can be installed
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000853by the function AntSyntaxScript(), which takes the tag name as first argument
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000854and the script syntax file name as second argument. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000855
856 :call AntSyntaxScript('perl', 'perl.vim')
857
858will install syntax perl highlighting for the following ant code >
859
860 <script language = 'perl'><![CDATA[
861 # everything inside is highlighted as perl
862 ]]></script>
863
864See |mysyntaxfile-add| for installing script languages permanently.
865
866
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000867APACHE *apache.vim* *ft-apache-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000868
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +0100869The apache syntax file provides syntax highlighting for Apache HTTP server
870version 2.2.3.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000871
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000872
873 *asm.vim* *asmh8300.vim* *nasm.vim* *masm.vim* *asm68k*
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000874ASSEMBLY *ft-asm-syntax* *ft-asmh8300-syntax* *ft-nasm-syntax*
875 *ft-masm-syntax* *ft-asm68k-syntax* *fasm.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000876
877Files matching "*.i" could be Progress or Assembly. If the automatic detection
878doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
879startup vimrc: >
880 :let filetype_i = "asm"
881Replace "asm" with the type of assembly you use.
882
883There are many types of assembly languages that all use the same file name
884extensions. Therefore you will have to select the type yourself, or add a
885line in the assembly file that Vim will recognize. Currently these syntax
886files are included:
887 asm GNU assembly (the default)
888 asm68k Motorola 680x0 assembly
889 asmh8300 Hitachi H-8300 version of GNU assembly
890 ia64 Intel Itanium 64
891 fasm Flat assembly (http://flatassembler.net)
892 masm Microsoft assembly (probably works for any 80x86)
893 nasm Netwide assembly
894 tasm Turbo Assembly (with opcodes 80x86 up to Pentium, and
895 MMX)
896 pic PIC assembly (currently for PIC16F84)
897
898The most flexible is to add a line in your assembly file containing: >
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100899 asmsyntax=nasm
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000900Replace "nasm" with the name of the real assembly syntax. This line must be
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100901one of the first five lines in the file. No non-white text must be
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +0200902immediately before or after this text. Note that specifying asmsyntax=foo is
903equivalent to setting ft=foo in a |modeline|, and that in case of a conflict
904between the two settings the one from the modeline will take precedence (in
905particular, if you have ft=asm in the modeline, you will get the GNU syntax
906highlighting regardless of what is specified as asmsyntax).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000907
908The syntax type can always be overruled for a specific buffer by setting the
909b:asmsyntax variable: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000910 :let b:asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000911
912If b:asmsyntax is not set, either automatically or by hand, then the value of
913the global variable asmsyntax is used. This can be seen as a default assembly
914language: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000915 :let asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000916
917As a last resort, if nothing is defined, the "asm" syntax is used.
918
919
920Netwide assembler (nasm.vim) optional highlighting ~
921
922To enable a feature: >
923 :let {variable}=1|set syntax=nasm
924To disable a feature: >
925 :unlet {variable} |set syntax=nasm
926
927Variable Highlight ~
928nasm_loose_syntax unofficial parser allowed syntax not as Error
929 (parser dependent; not recommended)
930nasm_ctx_outside_macro contexts outside macro not as Error
931nasm_no_warn potentially risky syntax not as ToDo
932
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200933ASTRO *astro.vim* *ft-astro-syntax*
934
935Configuration
936
937The following variables control certain syntax highlighting features.
938You can add them to your .vimrc: >
939 let g:astro_typescript = "enable"
940<
941Enables TypeScript and TSX for ".astro" files. Default Value: "disable" >
942 let g:astro_stylus = "enable"
943<
944Enables Stylus for ".astro" files. Default Value: "disable"
945
946NOTE: You need to install an external plugin to support stylus in astro files.
947
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000948
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000949ASPPERL and ASPVBS *ft-aspperl-syntax* *ft-aspvbs-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000950
951*.asp and *.asa files could be either Perl or Visual Basic script. Since it's
952hard to detect this you can set two global variables to tell Vim what you are
953using. For Perl script use: >
954 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspperl"
955 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspperl"
956For Visual Basic use: >
957 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspvbs"
958 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspvbs"
959
960
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000961BAAN *baan.vim* *baan-syntax*
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000962
Bram Moolenaar53f7fcc2021-07-28 20:10:16 +0200963The baan.vim gives syntax support for BaanC of release BaanIV up to SSA ERP LN
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000964for both 3 GL and 4 GL programming. Large number of standard defines/constants
965are supported.
966
967Some special violation of coding standards will be signalled when one specify
968in ones |.vimrc|: >
969 let baan_code_stds=1
970
971*baan-folding*
972
973Syntax folding can be enabled at various levels through the variables
974mentioned below (Set those in your |.vimrc|). The more complex folding on
975source blocks and SQL can be CPU intensive.
976
977To allow any folding and enable folding at function level use: >
978 let baan_fold=1
979Folding can be enabled at source block level as if, while, for ,... The
980indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to match (spaces are not
981considered equal to a tab). >
982 let baan_fold_block=1
983Folding can be enabled for embedded SQL blocks as SELECT, SELECTDO,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000984SELECTEMPTY, ... The indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000985match (spaces are not considered equal to a tab). >
986 let baan_fold_sql=1
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000987Note: Block folding can result in many small folds. It is suggested to |:set|
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000988the options 'foldminlines' and 'foldnestmax' in |.vimrc| or use |:setlocal| in
989.../after/syntax/baan.vim (see |after-directory|). Eg: >
990 set foldminlines=5
991 set foldnestmax=6
992
993
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000994BASIC *basic.vim* *vb.vim* *ft-basic-syntax* *ft-vb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000995
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +0000996Both Visual Basic and "normal" BASIC use the extension ".bas". To detect
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000997which one should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first
998five lines of the file. If it is not found, filetype will be "basic",
999otherwise "vb". Files with the ".frm" extension will always be seen as Visual
1000Basic.
1001
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +00001002If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
1003example, FreeBASIC files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1004 :let filetype_bas = "freebasic"
1005
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001006
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001007C *c.vim* *ft-c-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001008
1009A few things in C highlighting are optional. To enable them assign any value
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001010(including zero) to the respective variable. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00001011 :let c_comment_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001012 :let c_no_bracket_error = 0
1013To disable them use `:unlet`. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001014 :unlet c_comment_strings
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001015Setting the value to zero doesn't work!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001016
Bram Moolenaarba3ff532018-11-04 14:45:49 +01001017An alternative is to switch to the C++ highlighting: >
1018 :set filetype=cpp
1019
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001020Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001021*c_gnu* GNU gcc specific items
1022*c_comment_strings* strings and numbers inside a comment
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001023*c_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1024*c_no_trail_space_error* ... but no trailing spaces
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001025*c_no_tab_space_error* ... but no spaces before a <Tab>
1026*c_no_bracket_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] as errors
1027*c_no_curly_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] and () as errors;
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001028 ...except { and } in first column
1029 Default is to highlight them, otherwise you
1030 can't spot a missing ")".
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001031*c_curly_error* highlight a missing } by finding all pairs; this
1032 forces syncing from the start of the file, can be slow
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001033*c_no_ansi* don't do standard ANSI types and constants
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001034*c_ansi_typedefs* ... but do standard ANSI types
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001035*c_ansi_constants* ... but do standard ANSI constants
1036*c_no_utf* don't highlight \u and \U in strings
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001037*c_syntax_for_h* for *.h files use C syntax instead of C++ and use objc
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02001038 syntax instead of objcpp
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001039*c_no_if0* don't highlight "#if 0" blocks as comments
1040*c_no_cformat* don't highlight %-formats in strings
1041*c_no_c99* don't highlight C99 standard items
1042*c_no_c11* don't highlight C11 standard items
1043*c_no_bsd* don't highlight BSD specific types
Luca Saccarolaca0e9822023-12-24 18:57:02 +01001044*c_functions* highlight function calls and definitions
1045*c_function_pointers* highlight function pointers definitions
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001046
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001047When 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax" then /* */ comments and { } blocks will
1048become a fold. If you don't want comments to become a fold use: >
1049 :let c_no_comment_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaarf9393ef2006-04-24 19:47:27 +00001050"#if 0" blocks are also folded, unless: >
1051 :let c_no_if0_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001052
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001053If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
1054when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "c_minlines" internal variable
1055to a larger number: >
1056 :let c_minlines = 100
1057This will make the syntax synchronization start 100 lines before the first
1058displayed line. The default value is 50 (15 when c_no_if0 is set). The
1059disadvantage of using a larger number is that redrawing can become slow.
1060
1061When using the "#if 0" / "#endif" comment highlighting, notice that this only
1062works when the "#if 0" is within "c_minlines" from the top of the window. If
1063you have a long "#if 0" construct it will not be highlighted correctly.
1064
1065To match extra items in comments, use the cCommentGroup cluster.
1066Example: >
1067 :au Syntax c call MyCadd()
1068 :function MyCadd()
1069 : syn keyword cMyItem contained Ni
1070 : syn cluster cCommentGroup add=cMyItem
1071 : hi link cMyItem Title
1072 :endfun
1073
1074ANSI constants will be highlighted with the "cConstant" group. This includes
1075"NULL", "SIG_IGN" and others. But not "TRUE", for example, because this is
1076not in the ANSI standard. If you find this confusing, remove the cConstant
1077highlighting: >
1078 :hi link cConstant NONE
1079
1080If you see '{' and '}' highlighted as an error where they are OK, reset the
1081highlighting for cErrInParen and cErrInBracket.
1082
1083If you want to use folding in your C files, you can add these lines in a file
Bram Moolenaar06b5d512010-05-22 15:37:44 +02001084in the "after" directory in 'runtimepath'. For Unix this would be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001085~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001086 syn sync fromstart
1087 set foldmethod=syntax
1088
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001089CH *ch.vim* *ft-ch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00001090
1091C/C++ interpreter. Ch has similar syntax highlighting to C and builds upon
1092the C syntax file. See |c.vim| for all the settings that are available for C.
1093
1094By setting a variable you can tell Vim to use Ch syntax for *.h files, instead
1095of C or C++: >
1096 :let ch_syntax_for_h = 1
1097
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001098
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001099CHILL *chill.vim* *ft-chill-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001100
1101Chill syntax highlighting is similar to C. See |c.vim| for all the settings
1102that are available. Additionally there is:
1103
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001104chill_space_errors like c_space_errors
1105chill_comment_string like c_comment_strings
1106chill_minlines like c_minlines
1107
1108
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001109CHANGELOG *changelog.vim* *ft-changelog-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001110
1111ChangeLog supports highlighting spaces at the start of a line.
1112If you do not like this, add following line to your .vimrc: >
1113 let g:changelog_spacing_errors = 0
1114This works the next time you edit a changelog file. You can also use
1115"b:changelog_spacing_errors" to set this per buffer (before loading the syntax
1116file).
1117
1118You can change the highlighting used, e.g., to flag the spaces as an error: >
1119 :hi link ChangelogError Error
1120Or to avoid the highlighting: >
1121 :hi link ChangelogError NONE
1122This works immediately.
1123
1124
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001125CLOJURE *ft-clojure-syntax*
1126
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001127 *g:clojure_syntax_keywords*
1128
1129Syntax highlighting of public vars in "clojure.core" is provided by default,
1130but additional symbols can be highlighted by adding them to the
1131|g:clojure_syntax_keywords| variable. The value should be a |Dictionary| of
1132syntax group names, each containing a |List| of identifiers.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001133>
1134 let g:clojure_syntax_keywords = {
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001135 \ 'clojureMacro': ["defproject", "defcustom"],
1136 \ 'clojureFunc': ["string/join", "string/replace"]
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001137 \ }
1138<
1139Refer to the Clojure syntax script for valid syntax group names.
1140
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001141There is also *b:clojure_syntax_keywords* which is a buffer-local variant of
1142this variable intended for use by plugin authors to highlight symbols
1143dynamically.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001144
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001145By setting the *b:clojure_syntax_without_core_keywords* variable, vars from
1146"clojure.core" will not be highlighted by default. This is useful for
1147namespaces that have set `(:refer-clojure :only [])`
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001148
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001149
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001150 *g:clojure_fold*
1151
1152Setting |g:clojure_fold| to `1` will enable the folding of Clojure code. Any
1153list, vector or map that extends over more than one line can be folded using
1154the standard Vim |fold-commands|.
1155
1156
1157 *g:clojure_discard_macro*
1158
1159Set this variable to `1` to enable basic highlighting of Clojure's "discard
1160reader macro".
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001161>
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001162 #_(defn foo [x]
1163 (println x))
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001164<
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001165Note that this option will not correctly highlight stacked discard macros
1166(e.g. `#_#_`).
1167
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001168
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001169COBOL *cobol.vim* *ft-cobol-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001170
1171COBOL highlighting has different needs for legacy code than it does for fresh
1172development. This is due to differences in what is being done (maintenance
1173versus development) and other factors. To enable legacy code highlighting,
1174add this line to your .vimrc: >
1175 :let cobol_legacy_code = 1
1176To disable it again, use this: >
1177 :unlet cobol_legacy_code
1178
1179
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001180COLD FUSION *coldfusion.vim* *ft-coldfusion-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001181
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001182The ColdFusion has its own version of HTML comments. To turn on ColdFusion
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001183comment highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1184
1185 :let html_wrong_comments = 1
1186
1187The ColdFusion syntax file is based on the HTML syntax file.
1188
1189
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001190CPP *cpp.vim* *ft-cpp-syntax*
1191
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001192Most things are the same as |ft-c-syntax|.
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001193
1194Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01001195cpp_no_cpp11 don't highlight C++11 standard items
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01001196cpp_no_cpp14 don't highlight C++14 standard items
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001197cpp_no_cpp17 don't highlight C++17 standard items
1198cpp_no_cpp20 don't highlight C++20 standard items
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001199
1200
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001201CSH *csh.vim* *ft-csh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001202
1203This covers the shell named "csh". Note that on some systems tcsh is actually
1204used.
1205
1206Detecting whether a file is csh or tcsh is notoriously hard. Some systems
1207symlink /bin/csh to /bin/tcsh, making it almost impossible to distinguish
1208between csh and tcsh. In case VIM guesses wrong you can set the
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001209"filetype_csh" variable. For using csh: *g:filetype_csh*
1210>
1211 :let g:filetype_csh = "csh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001212
1213For using tcsh: >
1214
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001215 :let g:filetype_csh = "tcsh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001216
1217Any script with a tcsh extension or a standard tcsh filename (.tcshrc,
1218tcsh.tcshrc, tcsh.login) will have filetype tcsh. All other tcsh/csh scripts
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001219will be classified as tcsh, UNLESS the "filetype_csh" variable exists. If the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001220"filetype_csh" variable exists, the filetype will be set to the value of the
1221variable.
1222
1223
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001224CYNLIB *cynlib.vim* *ft-cynlib-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001225
1226Cynlib files are C++ files that use the Cynlib class library to enable
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001227hardware modelling and simulation using C++. Typically Cynlib files have a .cc
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001228or a .cpp extension, which makes it very difficult to distinguish them from a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001229normal C++ file. Thus, to enable Cynlib highlighting for .cc files, add this
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001230line to your .vimrc file: >
1231
1232 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cc=1
1233
1234Similarly for cpp files (this extension is only usually used in Windows) >
1235
1236 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp=1
1237
1238To disable these again, use this: >
1239
1240 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cc
1241 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp
1242<
1243
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001244CWEB *cweb.vim* *ft-cweb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001245
1246Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
1247doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
1248startup vimrc: >
1249 :let filetype_w = "cweb"
1250
1251
Bram Moolenaar96f45c02019-10-26 19:53:45 +02001252DART *dart.vim* *ft-dart-syntax*
1253
1254Dart is an object-oriented, typed, class defined, garbage collected language
1255used for developing mobile, desktop, web, and back-end applications. Dart uses
1256a C-like syntax derived from C, Java, and JavaScript, with features adopted
1257from Smalltalk, Python, Ruby, and others.
1258
1259More information about the language and its development environment at the
1260official Dart language website at https://dart.dev
1261
1262dart.vim syntax detects and highlights Dart statements, reserved words,
1263type declarations, storage classes, conditionals, loops, interpolated values,
1264and comments. There is no support idioms from Flutter or any other Dart
1265framework.
1266
1267Changes, fixes? Submit an issue or pull request via:
1268
1269https://github.com/pr3d4t0r/dart-vim-syntax/
1270
1271
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001272DESKTOP *desktop.vim* *ft-desktop-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001273
1274Primary goal of this syntax file is to highlight .desktop and .directory files
Bram Moolenaara17d4c12010-05-30 18:30:36 +02001275according to freedesktop.org standard:
Bram Moolenaar65e0d772020-06-14 17:29:55 +02001276https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/
1277To highlight nonstandard extensions that does not begin with X-, set >
1278 let g:desktop_enable_nonstd = 1
1279Note that this may cause wrong highlight.
1280To highlight KDE-reserved features, set >
1281 let g:desktop_enable_kde = 1
1282g:desktop_enable_kde follows g:desktop_enable_nonstd if not supplied
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001283
1284
Romain Lafourcade124371c2024-01-07 15:08:31 +01001285DIFF *diff.vim*
Bram Moolenaar8feef4f2015-01-07 16:57:10 +01001286
1287The diff highlighting normally finds translated headers. This can be slow if
1288there are very long lines in the file. To disable translations: >
1289
1290 :let diff_translations = 0
1291
Bram Moolenaar0122c402015-02-03 19:13:34 +01001292Also see |diff-slow|.
1293
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001294DIRCOLORS *dircolors.vim* *ft-dircolors-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001295
1296The dircolors utility highlighting definition has one option. It exists to
1297provide compatibility with the Slackware GNU/Linux distributions version of
1298the command. It adds a few keywords that are generally ignored by most
1299versions. On Slackware systems, however, the utility accepts the keywords and
1300uses them for processing. To enable the Slackware keywords add the following
1301line to your startup file: >
1302 let dircolors_is_slackware = 1
1303
1304
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001305DOCBOOK *docbk.vim* *ft-docbk-syntax* *docbook*
Bram Moolenaar81af9252010-12-10 20:35:50 +01001306DOCBOOK XML *docbkxml.vim* *ft-docbkxml-syntax*
1307DOCBOOK SGML *docbksgml.vim* *ft-docbksgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001308
1309There are two types of DocBook files: SGML and XML. To specify what type you
1310are using the "b:docbk_type" variable should be set. Vim does this for you
1311automatically if it can recognize the type. When Vim can't guess it the type
1312defaults to XML.
1313You can set the type manually: >
1314 :let docbk_type = "sgml"
1315or: >
1316 :let docbk_type = "xml"
1317You need to do this before loading the syntax file, which is complicated.
1318Simpler is setting the filetype to "docbkxml" or "docbksgml": >
1319 :set filetype=docbksgml
1320or: >
1321 :set filetype=docbkxml
1322
Bram Moolenaar2df58b42012-11-28 18:21:11 +01001323You can specify the DocBook version: >
1324 :let docbk_ver = 3
1325When not set 4 is used.
1326
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001327
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001328DOSBATCH *dosbatch.vim* *ft-dosbatch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001329
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001330Select the set of Windows Command interpreter extensions that should be
1331supported with the variable dosbatch_cmdextversion. For versions of Windows
1332NT (before Windows 2000) this should have the value of 1. For Windows 2000
1333and later it should be 2.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001334Select the version you want with the following line: >
1335
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001336 :let dosbatch_cmdextversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001337
1338If this variable is not defined it defaults to a value of 2 to support
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001339Windows 2000 and later.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001340
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001341The original MS-DOS supports an idiom of using a double colon (::) as an
1342alternative way to enter a comment line. This idiom can be used with the
1343current Windows Command Interpreter, but it can lead to problems when used
1344inside ( ... ) command blocks. You can find a discussion about this on
1345Stack Overflow -
1346
1347https://stackoverflow.com/questions/12407800/which-comment-style-should-i-use-in-batch-files
1348
Christian Brabandtf7f33e32024-02-06 10:56:26 +01001349To allow the use of the :: idiom for comments in command blocks with the
1350Windows Command Interpreter set the dosbatch_colons_comment variable to
1351anything: >
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001352
1353 :let dosbatch_colons_comment = 1
1354
Christian Brabandtf7f33e32024-02-06 10:56:26 +01001355If this variable is set then a :: comment that is the last line in a command
1356block will be highlighted as an error.
1357
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001358There is an option that covers whether *.btm files should be detected as type
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001359"dosbatch" (MS-DOS batch files) or type "btm" (4DOS batch files). The latter
1360is used by default. You may select the former with the following line: >
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001361
1362 :let g:dosbatch_syntax_for_btm = 1
1363
1364If this variable is undefined or zero, btm syntax is selected.
1365
1366
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001367DOXYGEN *doxygen.vim* *doxygen-syntax*
1368
1369Doxygen generates code documentation using a special documentation format
Bram Moolenaare37d50a2008-08-06 17:06:04 +00001370(similar to Javadoc). This syntax script adds doxygen highlighting to c, cpp,
1371idl and php files, and should also work with java.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001372
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001373There are a few of ways to turn on doxygen formatting. It can be done
1374explicitly or in a modeline by appending '.doxygen' to the syntax of the file.
1375Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001376 :set syntax=c.doxygen
1377or >
1378 // vim:syntax=c.doxygen
1379
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01001380It can also be done automatically for C, C++, C#, IDL and PHP files by setting
1381the global or buffer-local variable load_doxygen_syntax. This is done by
1382adding the following to your .vimrc. >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001383 :let g:load_doxygen_syntax=1
1384
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001385There are a couple of variables that have an effect on syntax highlighting,
1386and are to do with non-standard highlighting options.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001387
1388Variable Default Effect ~
1389g:doxygen_enhanced_color
1390g:doxygen_enhanced_colour 0 Use non-standard highlighting for
1391 doxygen comments.
1392
1393doxygen_my_rendering 0 Disable rendering of HTML bold, italic
1394 and html_my_rendering underline.
1395
1396doxygen_javadoc_autobrief 1 Set to 0 to disable javadoc autobrief
1397 colour highlighting.
1398
1399doxygen_end_punctuation '[.]' Set to regexp match for the ending
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001400 punctuation of brief
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001401
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02001402There are also some highlight groups worth mentioning as they can be useful in
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001403configuration.
1404
1405Highlight Effect ~
1406doxygenErrorComment The colour of an end-comment when missing
1407 punctuation in a code, verbatim or dot section
1408doxygenLinkError The colour of an end-comment when missing the
1409 \endlink from a \link section.
1410
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001411
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001412DTD *dtd.vim* *ft-dtd-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001413
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001414The DTD syntax highlighting is case sensitive by default. To disable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001415case-sensitive highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1416
1417 :let dtd_ignore_case=1
1418
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001419The DTD syntax file will highlight unknown tags as errors. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001420this is annoying, it can be turned off by setting: >
1421
1422 :let dtd_no_tag_errors=1
1423
1424before sourcing the dtd.vim syntax file.
1425Parameter entity names are highlighted in the definition using the
1426'Type' highlighting group and 'Comment' for punctuation and '%'.
1427Parameter entity instances are highlighted using the 'Constant'
1428highlighting group and the 'Type' highlighting group for the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001429delimiters % and ;. This can be turned off by setting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001430
1431 :let dtd_no_param_entities=1
1432
1433The DTD syntax file is also included by xml.vim to highlight included dtd's.
1434
1435
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001436EIFFEL *eiffel.vim* *ft-eiffel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001437
1438While Eiffel is not case-sensitive, its style guidelines are, and the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001439syntax highlighting file encourages their use. This also allows to
1440highlight class names differently. If you want to disable case-sensitive
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001441highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1442
1443 :let eiffel_ignore_case=1
1444
1445Case still matters for class names and TODO marks in comments.
1446
1447Conversely, for even stricter checks, add one of the following lines: >
1448
1449 :let eiffel_strict=1
1450 :let eiffel_pedantic=1
1451
1452Setting eiffel_strict will only catch improper capitalization for the
1453five predefined words "Current", "Void", "Result", "Precursor", and
1454"NONE", to warn against their accidental use as feature or class names.
1455
1456Setting eiffel_pedantic will enforce adherence to the Eiffel style
1457guidelines fairly rigorously (like arbitrary mixes of upper- and
1458lowercase letters as well as outdated ways to capitalize keywords).
1459
1460If you want to use the lower-case version of "Current", "Void",
1461"Result", and "Precursor", you can use >
1462
1463 :let eiffel_lower_case_predef=1
1464
1465instead of completely turning case-sensitive highlighting off.
1466
1467Support for ISE's proposed new creation syntax that is already
1468experimentally handled by some compilers can be enabled by: >
1469
1470 :let eiffel_ise=1
1471
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001472Finally, some vendors support hexadecimal constants. To handle them, add >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001473
1474 :let eiffel_hex_constants=1
1475
1476to your startup file.
1477
1478
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001479EUPHORIA *euphoria3.vim* *euphoria4.vim* *ft-euphoria-syntax*
1480
Bram Moolenaar7ff78462020-07-10 22:00:53 +02001481Two syntax highlighting files exist for Euphoria. One for Euphoria
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001482version 3.1.1, which is the default syntax highlighting file, and one for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001483Euphoria version 4.0.5 or later.
1484
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001485Euphoria version 3.1.1 (http://www.rapideuphoria.com/) is still necessary
1486for developing applications for the DOS platform, which Euphoria version 4
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001487(http://www.openeuphoria.org/) does not support.
1488
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001489The following file extensions are auto-detected as Euphoria file type:
1490
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001491 *.e, *.eu, *.ew, *.ex, *.exu, *.exw
1492 *.E, *.EU, *.EW, *.EX, *.EXU, *.EXW
1493
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001494To select syntax highlighting file for Euphoria, as well as for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001495auto-detecting the *.e and *.E file extensions as Euphoria file type,
1496add the following line to your startup file: >
1497
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001498 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria3"
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001499
Bram Moolenaar4d8f4762021-06-27 15:18:56 +02001500< or >
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001501
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001502 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria4"
1503
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001504Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001505specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1506file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1507filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1508Elixir.
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001509
1510
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001511ERLANG *erlang.vim* *ft-erlang-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001512
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001513Erlang is a functional programming language developed by Ericsson. Files with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02001514the following extensions are recognized as Erlang files: erl, hrl, yaws.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001515
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001516The BIFs (built-in functions) are highlighted by default. To disable this,
1517put the following line in your vimrc: >
1518
1519 :let g:erlang_highlight_bifs = 0
1520
1521To enable highlighting some special atoms, put this in your vimrc: >
1522
1523 :let g:erlang_highlight_special_atoms = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001524
1525
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001526ELIXIR *elixir.vim* *ft-elixir-syntax*
1527
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001528Elixir is a dynamic, functional language for building scalable and
1529maintainable applications.
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001530
1531The following file extensions are auto-detected as Elixir file types:
1532
1533 *.ex, *.exs, *.eex, *.leex, *.lock
1534
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001535Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001536specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1537file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1538filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1539Elixir.
1540
1541
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001542FLEXWIKI *flexwiki.vim* *ft-flexwiki-syntax*
1543
1544FlexWiki is an ASP.NET-based wiki package available at http://www.flexwiki.com
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001545NOTE: This site currently doesn't work, on Wikipedia is mentioned that
Bram Moolenaar446beb42011-05-10 17:18:44 +02001546development stopped in 2009.
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001547
1548Syntax highlighting is available for the most common elements of FlexWiki
1549syntax. The associated ftplugin script sets some buffer-local options to make
1550editing FlexWiki pages more convenient. FlexWiki considers a newline as the
1551start of a new paragraph, so the ftplugin sets 'tw'=0 (unlimited line length),
1552'wrap' (wrap long lines instead of using horizontal scrolling), 'linebreak'
1553(to wrap at a character in 'breakat' instead of at the last char on screen),
1554and so on. It also includes some keymaps that are disabled by default.
1555
1556If you want to enable the keymaps that make "j" and "k" and the cursor keys
1557move up and down by display lines, add this to your .vimrc: >
1558 :let flexwiki_maps = 1
1559
1560
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001561FORM *form.vim* *ft-form-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001562
1563The coloring scheme for syntax elements in the FORM file uses the default
1564modes Conditional, Number, Statement, Comment, PreProc, Type, and String,
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00001565following the language specifications in 'Symbolic Manipulation with FORM' by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001566J.A.M. Vermaseren, CAN, Netherlands, 1991.
1567
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01001568If you want to include your own changes to the default colors, you have to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001569redefine the following syntax groups:
1570
1571 - formConditional
1572 - formNumber
1573 - formStatement
1574 - formHeaderStatement
1575 - formComment
1576 - formPreProc
1577 - formDirective
1578 - formType
1579 - formString
1580
1581Note that the form.vim syntax file implements FORM preprocessor commands and
1582directives per default in the same syntax group.
1583
1584A predefined enhanced color mode for FORM is available to distinguish between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001585header statements and statements in the body of a FORM program. To activate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001586this mode define the following variable in your vimrc file >
1587
1588 :let form_enhanced_color=1
1589
1590The enhanced mode also takes advantage of additional color features for a dark
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001591gvim display. Here, statements are colored LightYellow instead of Yellow, and
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001592conditionals are LightBlue for better distinction.
1593
Bram Moolenaara2baa732022-02-04 16:09:54 +00001594Both Visual Basic and FORM use the extension ".frm". To detect which one
1595should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first five lines of
1596the file. If it is found, filetype will be "vb", otherwise "form".
1597
1598If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
1599example, FORM files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1600 :let filetype_frm = "form"
1601
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001602
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001603FORTH *forth.vim* *ft-forth-syntax*
1604
Doug Kearns19a3bc32023-08-20 20:51:12 +02001605Files matching "*.f" could be Fortran or Forth and those matching "*.fs" could
1606be F# or Forth. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you, or you don't
1607edit F# or Fortran at all, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1608 :let filetype_f = "forth"
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001609 :let filetype_fs = "forth"
1610
1611
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001612FORTRAN *fortran.vim* *ft-fortran-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001613
1614Default highlighting and dialect ~
Ajit-Thakkare1ddc2d2024-01-24 15:08:34 -04001615Vim highlights according to Fortran 2023 (the most recent standard). This
1616choice should be appropriate for most users most of the time because Fortran
16172023 is almost a superset of previous versions (Fortran 2018, 2008, 2003, 95,
161890, 77, and 66). A few legacy constructs deleted or declared obsolescent,
1619respectively, in recent Fortran standards are highlighted as errors and todo
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001620items.
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001621
1622The syntax script no longer supports Fortran dialects. The variable
1623fortran_dialect is now silently ignored. Since computers are much faster now,
1624the variable fortran_more_precise is no longer needed and is silently ignored.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001625
1626Fortran source code form ~
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001627Fortran code can be in either fixed or free source form. Note that the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001628syntax highlighting will not be correct if the form is incorrectly set.
1629
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001630When you create a new Fortran file, the syntax script assumes fixed source
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001631form. If you always use free source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001632 :let fortran_free_source=1
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001633in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command. If you always use fixed
1634source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001635 :let fortran_fixed_source=1
1636in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command.
1637
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001638If the form of the source code depends, in a non-standard way, upon the file
1639extension, then it is most convenient to set fortran_free_source in a ftplugin
1640file. For more information on ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. Note that this
1641will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command precedes the "syntax
1642on" command in your .vimrc file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001643
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001644When you edit an existing Fortran file, the syntax script will assume free
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001645source form if the fortran_free_source variable has been set, and assumes
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001646fixed source form if the fortran_fixed_source variable has been set. Suppose
1647neither of these variables have been set. In that case, the syntax script attempts to
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001648determine which source form has been used by examining the file extension
1649using conventions common to the ifort, gfortran, Cray, NAG, and PathScale
1650compilers (.f, .for, .f77 for fixed-source, .f90, .f95, .f03, .f08 for
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001651free-source). No default is used for the .fpp and .ftn file extensions because
1652different compilers treat them differently. If none of this works, then the
1653script examines the first five columns of the first 500 lines of your file. If
1654no signs of free source form are detected, then the file is assumed to be in
1655fixed source form. The algorithm should work in the vast majority of cases.
1656In some cases, such as a file that begins with 500 or more full-line comments,
1657the script may incorrectly decide that the code is in fixed form. If that
1658happens, just add a non-comment statement beginning anywhere in the first five
1659columns of the first twenty-five lines, save (:w), and then reload (:e!) the
1660file.
1661
1662Vendor extensions ~
1663Fixed-form Fortran requires a maximum line length of 72 characters but the
1664script allows a maximum line length of 80 characters as do all compilers
1665created in the last three decades. An even longer line length of 132
1666characters is allowed if you set the variable fortran_extended_line_length
1667with a command such as >
zeertzjq61e984e2023-12-09 15:18:33 +08001668 :let fortran_extended_line_length=1
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001669placed prior to the :syntax on command.
1670
1671If you want additional highlighting of the CUDA Fortran extensions, you should
1672set the variable fortran_CUDA with a command such as >
1673 :let fortran_CUDA=1
1674placed prior to the :syntax on command.
1675
1676To activate recognition of some common, non-standard, vendor-supplied
1677intrinsics, you should set the variable fortran_vendor_intrinsics with a
1678command such as >
1679 :let fortran_vendor_intrinsics=1
1680placed prior to the :syntax on command.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001681
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001682Tabs in Fortran files ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001683Tabs are not recognized by the Fortran standards. Tabs are not a good idea in
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001684fixed format Fortran source code which requires fixed column boundaries.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001685Therefore, tabs are marked as errors. Nevertheless, some programmers like
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001686using tabs. If your Fortran files contain tabs, then you should set the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001687variable fortran_have_tabs in your .vimrc with a command such as >
1688 :let fortran_have_tabs=1
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001689placed prior to the :syntax on command. Unfortunately, the use of tabs will
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001690mean that the syntax file will not be able to detect incorrect margins.
1691
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001692Syntax folding of Fortran files ~
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001693Vim will fold your file using foldmethod=syntax, if you set the variable
1694fortran_fold in your .vimrc with a command such as >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001695 :let fortran_fold=1
1696to instruct the syntax script to define fold regions for program units, that
1697is main programs starting with a program statement, subroutines, function
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001698subprograms, modules, submodules, blocks of comment lines, and block data
1699units. Block, interface, associate, critical, type definition, and change team
1700constructs will also be folded. If you also set the variable
1701fortran_fold_conditionals with a command such as >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001702 :let fortran_fold_conditionals=1
Ajit-Thakkard96f25b2023-12-29 11:29:43 -04001703then fold regions will also be defined for do loops, if blocks, select case,
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001704select type, and select rank constructs. Note that defining fold regions can
1705be slow for large files.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001706
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001707The syntax/fortran.vim script contains embedded comments that tell you how to
1708comment and/or uncomment some lines to (a) activate recognition of some
1709non-standard, vendor-supplied intrinsics and (b) to prevent features deleted
1710or declared obsolescent in the 2008 standard from being highlighted as todo
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001711items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001712
1713Limitations ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001714Parenthesis checking does not catch too few closing parentheses. Hollerith
1715strings are not recognized. Some keywords may be highlighted incorrectly
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001716because Fortran90 has no reserved words.
1717
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001718For further information related to Fortran, see |ft-fortran-indent| and
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001719|ft-fortran-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001720
Bram Moolenaar0d878b92022-07-01 18:45:04 +01001721FREEBASIC *freebasic.vim* *ft-freebasic-syntax*
1722
1723FreeBASIC files will be highlighted differently for each of the four available
1724dialects, "fb", "qb", "fblite" and "deprecated". See |ft-freebasic-plugin|
1725for how to select the correct dialect.
1726
1727Highlighting is further configurable via the following variables.
1728
1729Variable Highlight ~
1730*freebasic_no_comment_fold* disable multiline comment folding
1731*freebasic_operators* non-alpha operators
1732*freebasic_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1733*freebasic_type_suffixes* QuickBASIC style type suffixes
1734
1735
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001736
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001737FVWM CONFIGURATION FILES *fvwm.vim* *ft-fvwm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001738
1739In order for Vim to recognize Fvwm configuration files that do not match
1740the patterns *fvwmrc* or *fvwm2rc* , you must put additional patterns
1741appropriate to your system in your myfiletypes.vim file. For these
1742patterns, you must set the variable "b:fvwm_version" to the major version
1743number of Fvwm, and the 'filetype' option to fvwm.
1744
1745For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/X11/fvwm2/
1746as Fvwm2 configuration files, add the following: >
1747
1748 :au! BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/X11/fvwm2/* let b:fvwm_version = 2 |
1749 \ set filetype=fvwm
1750
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001751GSP *gsp.vim* *ft-gsp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001752
1753The default coloring style for GSP pages is defined by |html.vim|, and
1754the coloring for java code (within java tags or inline between backticks)
1755is defined by |java.vim|. The following HTML groups defined in |html.vim|
1756are redefined to incorporate and highlight inline java code:
1757
1758 htmlString
1759 htmlValue
1760 htmlEndTag
1761 htmlTag
1762 htmlTagN
1763
1764Highlighting should look fine most of the places where you'd see inline
1765java code, but in some special cases it may not. To add another HTML
1766group where you will have inline java code where it does not highlight
1767correctly, just copy the line you want from |html.vim| and add gspJava
1768to the contains clause.
1769
1770The backticks for inline java are highlighted according to the htmlError
1771group to make them easier to see.
1772
1773
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001774GROFF *groff.vim* *ft-groff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001775
1776The groff syntax file is a wrapper for |nroff.vim|, see the notes
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001777under that heading for examples of use and configuration. The purpose
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001778of this wrapper is to set up groff syntax extensions by setting the
1779filetype from a |modeline| or in a personal filetype definitions file
1780(see |filetype.txt|).
1781
1782
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001783HASKELL *haskell.vim* *lhaskell.vim* *ft-haskell-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001784
1785The Haskell syntax files support plain Haskell code as well as literate
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001786Haskell code, the latter in both Bird style and TeX style. The Haskell
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001787syntax highlighting will also highlight C preprocessor directives.
1788
1789If you want to highlight delimiter characters (useful if you have a
1790light-coloured background), add to your .vimrc: >
1791 :let hs_highlight_delimiters = 1
1792To treat True and False as keywords as opposed to ordinary identifiers,
1793add: >
1794 :let hs_highlight_boolean = 1
1795To also treat the names of primitive types as keywords: >
1796 :let hs_highlight_types = 1
1797And to treat the names of even more relatively common types as keywords: >
1798 :let hs_highlight_more_types = 1
1799If you want to highlight the names of debugging functions, put in
1800your .vimrc: >
1801 :let hs_highlight_debug = 1
1802
1803The Haskell syntax highlighting also highlights C preprocessor
1804directives, and flags lines that start with # but are not valid
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001805directives as erroneous. This interferes with Haskell's syntax for
1806operators, as they may start with #. If you want to highlight those
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001807as operators as opposed to errors, put in your .vimrc: >
1808 :let hs_allow_hash_operator = 1
1809
1810The syntax highlighting for literate Haskell code will try to
1811automatically guess whether your literate Haskell code contains
1812TeX markup or not, and correspondingly highlight TeX constructs
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001813or nothing at all. You can override this globally by putting
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001814in your .vimrc >
1815 :let lhs_markup = none
1816for no highlighting at all, or >
1817 :let lhs_markup = tex
1818to force the highlighting to always try to highlight TeX markup.
1819For more flexibility, you may also use buffer local versions of
1820this variable, so e.g. >
1821 :let b:lhs_markup = tex
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001822will force TeX highlighting for a particular buffer. It has to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001823set before turning syntax highlighting on for the buffer or
1824loading a file.
1825
1826
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001827HTML *html.vim* *ft-html-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001828
1829The coloring scheme for tags in the HTML file works as follows.
1830
1831The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
1832This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01001833closing tags the 'Identifier' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those
1834are defined for you)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001835
1836Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
1837names are colored with the same color as the <> or </> respectively which
1838makes it easy to spot errors
1839
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001840Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001841names are colored differently than unknown ones.
1842
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001843Some HTML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001844are recognized by the html.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
1845text is shown: <B> <I> <U> <EM> <STRONG> (<EM> is used as an alias for <I>,
1846while <STRONG> as an alias for <B>), <H1> - <H6>, <HEAD>, <TITLE> and <A>, but
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001847only if used as a link (that is, it must include a href as in
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001848<A href="somefile.html">).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001849
1850If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
1851following syntax groups:
1852
1853 - htmlBold
1854 - htmlBoldUnderline
1855 - htmlBoldUnderlineItalic
1856 - htmlUnderline
1857 - htmlUnderlineItalic
1858 - htmlItalic
1859 - htmlTitle for titles
1860 - htmlH1 - htmlH6 for headings
1861
1862To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all with the exception
1863of the last two (htmlTitle and htmlH[1-6], which are optional) and define the
1864following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
1865are read during initialization) >
1866 :let html_my_rendering=1
1867
1868If you'd like to see an example download mysyntax.vim at
1869http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html
1870
1871You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
1872vimrc file: >
1873 :let html_no_rendering=1
1874
1875HTML comments are rather special (see an HTML reference document for the
1876details), and the syntax coloring scheme will highlight all errors.
1877However, if you prefer to use the wrong style (starts with <!-- and
Bram Moolenaar8bb1c3e2014-07-04 16:43:17 +02001878ends with -->) you can define >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001879 :let html_wrong_comments=1
1880
1881JavaScript and Visual Basic embedded inside HTML documents are highlighted as
1882'Special' with statements, comments, strings and so on colored as in standard
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001883programming languages. Note that only JavaScript and Visual Basic are
1884currently supported, no other scripting language has been added yet.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001885
1886Embedded and inlined cascading style sheets (CSS) are highlighted too.
1887
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001888There are several html preprocessor languages out there. html.vim has been
1889written such that it should be trivial to include it. To do so add the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001890following two lines to the syntax coloring file for that language
1891(the example comes from the asp.vim file):
Bram Moolenaar30e9b3c2019-09-07 16:24:12 +02001892>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001893 runtime! syntax/html.vim
1894 syn cluster htmlPreproc add=asp
1895
1896Now you just need to make sure that you add all regions that contain
1897the preprocessor language to the cluster htmlPreproc.
1898
Bram Moolenaard13166e2022-11-18 21:49:57 +00001899 *html-folding*
1900The HTML syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between start
1901and end tags. This can be turned on by >
1902
1903 :let g:html_syntax_folding = 1
1904 :set foldmethod=syntax
1905
1906Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
1907especially for large files.
1908
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001909
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001910HTML/OS (by Aestiva) *htmlos.vim* *ft-htmlos-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001911
1912The coloring scheme for HTML/OS works as follows:
1913
1914Functions and variable names are the same color by default, because VIM
1915doesn't specify different colors for Functions and Identifiers. To change
1916this (which is recommended if you want function names to be recognizable in a
1917different color) you need to add the following line to either your ~/.vimrc: >
1918 :hi Function term=underline cterm=bold ctermfg=LightGray
1919
1920Of course, the ctermfg can be a different color if you choose.
1921
1922Another issues that HTML/OS runs into is that there is no special filetype to
1923signify that it is a file with HTML/OS coding. You can change this by opening
1924a file and turning on HTML/OS syntax by doing the following: >
1925 :set syntax=htmlos
1926
1927Lastly, it should be noted that the opening and closing characters to begin a
1928block of HTML/OS code can either be << or [[ and >> or ]], respectively.
1929
1930
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001931IA64 *ia64.vim* *intel-itanium* *ft-ia64-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001932
1933Highlighting for the Intel Itanium 64 assembly language. See |asm.vim| for
1934how to recognize this filetype.
1935
1936To have *.inc files be recognized as IA64, add this to your .vimrc file: >
1937 :let g:filetype_inc = "ia64"
1938
1939
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001940INFORM *inform.vim* *ft-inform-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001941
1942Inform highlighting includes symbols provided by the Inform Library, as
1943most programs make extensive use of it. If do not wish Library symbols
1944to be highlighted add this to your vim startup: >
1945 :let inform_highlight_simple=1
1946
1947By default it is assumed that Inform programs are Z-machine targeted,
1948and highlights Z-machine assembly language symbols appropriately. If
1949you intend your program to be targeted to a Glulx/Glk environment you
1950need to add this to your startup sequence: >
1951 :let inform_highlight_glulx=1
1952
1953This will highlight Glulx opcodes instead, and also adds glk() to the
1954set of highlighted system functions.
1955
1956The Inform compiler will flag certain obsolete keywords as errors when
1957it encounters them. These keywords are normally highlighted as errors
1958by Vim. To prevent such error highlighting, you must add this to your
1959startup sequence: >
1960 :let inform_suppress_obsolete=1
1961
1962By default, the language features highlighted conform to Compiler
1963version 6.30 and Library version 6.11. If you are using an older
1964Inform development environment, you may with to add this to your
1965startup sequence: >
1966 :let inform_highlight_old=1
1967
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00001968IDL *idl.vim* *idl-syntax*
1969
1970IDL (Interface Definition Language) files are used to define RPC calls. In
1971Microsoft land, this is also used for defining COM interfaces and calls.
1972
1973IDL's structure is simple enough to permit a full grammar based approach to
1974rather than using a few heuristics. The result is large and somewhat
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001975repetitive but seems to work.
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00001976
1977There are some Microsoft extensions to idl files that are here. Some of them
1978are disabled by defining idl_no_ms_extensions.
1979
1980The more complex of the extensions are disabled by defining idl_no_extensions.
1981
1982Variable Effect ~
1983
1984idl_no_ms_extensions Disable some of the Microsoft specific
1985 extensions
1986idl_no_extensions Disable complex extensions
1987idlsyntax_showerror Show IDL errors (can be rather intrusive, but
1988 quite helpful)
1989idlsyntax_showerror_soft Use softer colours by default for errors
1990
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001991
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001992JAVA *java.vim* *ft-java-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001993
1994The java.vim syntax highlighting file offers several options:
1995
1996In Java 1.0.2 it was never possible to have braces inside parens, so this was
1997flagged as an error. Since Java 1.1 this is possible (with anonymous
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001998classes), and therefore is no longer marked as an error. If you prefer the
1999old way, put the following line into your vim startup file: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002000 :let java_mark_braces_in_parens_as_errors=1
2001
2002All identifiers in java.lang.* are always visible in all classes. To
2003highlight them use: >
2004 :let java_highlight_java_lang_ids=1
2005
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002006You can also highlight identifiers of most standard Java packages if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002007download the javaid.vim script at http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html.
2008If you prefer to only highlight identifiers of a certain package, say java.io
2009use the following: >
2010 :let java_highlight_java_io=1
2011Check the javaid.vim file for a list of all the packages that are supported.
2012
2013Function names are not highlighted, as the way to find functions depends on
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002014how you write Java code. The syntax file knows two possible ways to highlight
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002015functions:
2016
2017If you write function declarations that are always indented by either
2018a tab, 8 spaces or 2 spaces you may want to set >
2019 :let java_highlight_functions="indent"
2020However, if you follow the Java guidelines about how functions and classes are
2021supposed to be named (with respect to upper and lowercase), use >
2022 :let java_highlight_functions="style"
2023If both options do not work for you, but you would still want function
2024declarations to be highlighted create your own definitions by changing the
2025definitions in java.vim or by creating your own java.vim which includes the
2026original one and then adds the code to highlight functions.
2027
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002028In Java 1.1 the functions System.out.println() and System.err.println() should
Bram Moolenaared203462004-06-16 11:19:22 +00002029only be used for debugging. Therefore it is possible to highlight debugging
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002030statements differently. To do this you must add the following definition in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002031your startup file: >
2032 :let java_highlight_debug=1
2033The result will be that those statements are highlighted as 'Special'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002034characters. If you prefer to have them highlighted differently you must define
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002035new highlightings for the following groups.:
2036 Debug, DebugSpecial, DebugString, DebugBoolean, DebugType
2037which are used for the statement itself, special characters used in debug
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002038strings, strings, boolean constants and types (this, super) respectively. I
Bram Moolenaar2547aa92020-07-26 17:00:44 +02002039have opted to choose another background for those statements.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002040
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002041Javadoc is a program that takes special comments out of Java program files and
2042creates HTML pages. The standard configuration will highlight this HTML code
2043similarly to HTML files (see |html.vim|). You can even add Javascript
2044and CSS inside this code (see below). There are four differences however:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002045 1. The title (all characters up to the first '.' which is followed by
2046 some white space or up to the first '@') is colored differently (to change
2047 the color change the group CommentTitle).
2048 2. The text is colored as 'Comment'.
2049 3. HTML comments are colored as 'Special'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002050 4. The special Javadoc tags (@see, @param, ...) are highlighted as specials
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002051 and the argument (for @see, @param, @exception) as Function.
2052To turn this feature off add the following line to your startup file: >
2053 :let java_ignore_javadoc=1
2054
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002055If you use the special Javadoc comment highlighting described above you
2056can also turn on special highlighting for Javascript, visual basic
2057scripts and embedded CSS (stylesheets). This makes only sense if you
2058actually have Javadoc comments that include either Javascript or embedded
2059CSS. The options to use are >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002060 :let java_javascript=1
2061 :let java_css=1
2062 :let java_vb=1
2063
2064In order to highlight nested parens with different colors define colors
2065for javaParen, javaParen1 and javaParen2, for example with >
2066 :hi link javaParen Comment
2067or >
2068 :hi javaParen ctermfg=blue guifg=#0000ff
2069
2070If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
2071when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "java_minlines" internal variable
2072to a larger number: >
2073 :let java_minlines = 50
2074This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
2075displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
2076number is that redrawing can become slow.
2077
2078
Bram Moolenaar589edb32019-09-20 14:38:13 +02002079JSON *json.vim* *ft-json-syntax*
2080
2081The json syntax file provides syntax highlighting with conceal support by
2082default. To disable concealment: >
2083 let g:vim_json_conceal = 0
2084
2085To disable syntax highlighting of errors: >
2086 let g:vim_json_warnings = 0
2087
2088
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002089LACE *lace.vim* *ft-lace-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002090
2091Lace (Language for Assembly of Classes in Eiffel) is case insensitive, but the
2092style guide lines are not. If you prefer case insensitive highlighting, just
2093define the vim variable 'lace_case_insensitive' in your startup file: >
2094 :let lace_case_insensitive=1
2095
2096
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002097LEX *lex.vim* *ft-lex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002098
2099Lex uses brute-force synchronizing as the "^%%$" section delimiter
2100gives no clue as to what section follows. Consequently, the value for >
2101 :syn sync minlines=300
2102may be changed by the user if s/he is experiencing synchronization
2103difficulties (such as may happen with large lex files).
2104
2105
Bram Moolenaar6fc45b52010-07-25 17:42:45 +02002106LIFELINES *lifelines.vim* *ft-lifelines-syntax*
2107
2108To highlight deprecated functions as errors, add in your .vimrc: >
2109
2110 :let g:lifelines_deprecated = 1
2111<
2112
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002113LISP *lisp.vim* *ft-lisp-syntax*
2114
2115The lisp syntax highlighting provides two options: >
2116
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002117 g:lisp_instring : If it exists, then "(...)" strings are highlighted
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002118 as if the contents of the string were lisp.
2119 Useful for AutoLisp.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002120 g:lisp_rainbow : If it exists and is nonzero, then differing levels
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002121 of parenthesization will receive different
2122 highlighting.
2123<
2124The g:lisp_rainbow option provides 10 levels of individual colorization for
2125the parentheses and backquoted parentheses. Because of the quantity of
2126colorization levels, unlike non-rainbow highlighting, the rainbow mode
2127specifies its highlighting using ctermfg and guifg, thereby bypassing the
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02002128usual color scheme control using standard highlighting groups. The actual
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002129highlighting used depends on the dark/bright setting (see |'bg'|).
2130
2131
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002132LITE *lite.vim* *ft-lite-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002133
2134There are two options for the lite syntax highlighting.
2135
2136If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2137
2138 :let lite_sql_query = 1
2139
2140For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2141set "lite_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2142
2143 :let lite_minlines = 200
2144
2145
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002146LPC *lpc.vim* *ft-lpc-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002147
Bram Moolenaard2f3a8b2018-06-19 14:35:59 +02002148LPC stands for a simple, memory-efficient language: Lars Pensjö C. The
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002149file name of LPC is usually *.c. Recognizing these files as LPC would bother
2150users writing only C programs. If you want to use LPC syntax in Vim, you
2151should set a variable in your .vimrc file: >
2152
2153 :let lpc_syntax_for_c = 1
2154
2155If it doesn't work properly for some particular C or LPC files, use a
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +02002156modeline. For a LPC file: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002157
2158 // vim:set ft=lpc:
2159
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +02002160For a C file that is recognized as LPC: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002161
2162 // vim:set ft=c:
2163
2164If you don't want to set the variable, use the modeline in EVERY LPC file.
2165
2166There are several implementations for LPC, we intend to support most widely
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002167used ones. Here the default LPC syntax is for MudOS series, for MudOS v22
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002168and before, you should turn off the sensible modifiers, and this will also
Bram Moolenaar7e38ea22014-04-05 22:55:53 +02002169assert the new efuns after v22 to be invalid, don't set this variable when
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002170you are using the latest version of MudOS: >
2171
2172 :let lpc_pre_v22 = 1
2173
2174For LpMud 3.2 series of LPC: >
2175
2176 :let lpc_compat_32 = 1
2177
2178For LPC4 series of LPC: >
2179
2180 :let lpc_use_lpc4_syntax = 1
2181
2182For uLPC series of LPC:
2183uLPC has been developed to Pike, so you should use Pike syntax
2184instead, and the name of your source file should be *.pike
2185
2186
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002187LUA *lua.vim* *ft-lua-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002188
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01002189The Lua syntax file can be used for versions 4.0, 5.0, 5.1 and 5.2 (5.2 is
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002190the default). You can select one of these versions using the global variables
2191lua_version and lua_subversion. For example, to activate Lua
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +020021925.1 syntax highlighting, set the variables like this: >
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002193
2194 :let lua_version = 5
2195 :let lua_subversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002196
2197
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002198MAIL *mail.vim* *ft-mail.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002199
2200Vim highlights all the standard elements of an email (headers, signatures,
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002201quoted text and URLs / email addresses). In keeping with standard conventions,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002202signatures begin in a line containing only "--" followed optionally by
2203whitespaces and end with a newline.
2204
2205Vim treats lines beginning with ']', '}', '|', '>' or a word followed by '>'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002206as quoted text. However Vim highlights headers and signatures in quoted text
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002207only if the text is quoted with '>' (optionally followed by one space).
2208
2209By default mail.vim synchronises syntax to 100 lines before the first
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002210displayed line. If you have a slow machine, and generally deal with emails
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002211with short headers, you can change this to a smaller value: >
2212
2213 :let mail_minlines = 30
2214
2215
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002216MAKE *make.vim* *ft-make-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002217
2218In makefiles, commands are usually highlighted to make it easy for you to spot
2219errors. However, this may be too much coloring for you. You can turn this
2220feature off by using: >
2221
2222 :let make_no_commands = 1
2223
2224
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002225MAPLE *maple.vim* *ft-maple-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002226
2227Maple V, by Waterloo Maple Inc, supports symbolic algebra. The language
2228supports many packages of functions which are selectively loaded by the user.
2229The standard set of packages' functions as supplied in Maple V release 4 may be
2230highlighted at the user's discretion. Users may place in their .vimrc file: >
2231
2232 :let mvpkg_all= 1
2233
2234to get all package functions highlighted, or users may select any subset by
2235choosing a variable/package from the table below and setting that variable to
22361, also in their .vimrc file (prior to sourcing
2237$VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim).
2238
2239 Table of Maple V Package Function Selectors >
2240 mv_DEtools mv_genfunc mv_networks mv_process
2241 mv_Galois mv_geometry mv_numapprox mv_simplex
2242 mv_GaussInt mv_grobner mv_numtheory mv_stats
2243 mv_LREtools mv_group mv_orthopoly mv_student
2244 mv_combinat mv_inttrans mv_padic mv_sumtools
2245 mv_combstruct mv_liesymm mv_plots mv_tensor
2246 mv_difforms mv_linalg mv_plottools mv_totorder
2247 mv_finance mv_logic mv_powseries
2248
2249
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002250MARKDOWN *ft-markdown-syntax*
2251
2252If you have long regions there might be wrong highlighting. At the cost of
2253slowing down displaying, you can have the engine look further back to sync on
Christian Brabandt675cbfb2024-03-10 19:32:55 +01002254the start of a region, for example 500 lines (default is 50): >
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002255
2256 :let g:markdown_minlines = 500
2257
Christian Brabandt675cbfb2024-03-10 19:32:55 +01002258If you want to enable fenced code block syntax highlighting in your markdown
2259documents you can enable like this: >
2260
2261 :let g:markdown_fenced_languages = ['html', 'python', 'bash=sh']
2262
2263To disable markdown syntax concealing add the following to your vimrc: >
2264
2265 :let g:markdown_syntax_conceal = 0
2266
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002267
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002268MATHEMATICA *mma.vim* *ft-mma-syntax* *ft-mathematica-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar34cdc3e2005-05-18 22:24:46 +00002269
2270Empty *.m files will automatically be presumed to be Matlab files unless you
2271have the following in your .vimrc: >
2272
2273 let filetype_m = "mma"
2274
2275
Doug Kearns68a89472024-01-05 17:59:04 +01002276MODULA2 *modula2.vim* *ft-modula2-syntax*
2277
2278Vim will recognise comments with dialect tags to automatically select a given
2279dialect.
2280
2281The syntax for a dialect tag comment is: >
2282
2283 taggedComment :=
2284 '(*!' dialectTag '*)'
2285 ;
2286
2287 dialectTag :=
2288 m2pim | m2iso | m2r10
2289 ;
2290
2291 reserved words
2292 m2pim = 'm2pim', m2iso = 'm2iso', m2r10 = 'm2r10'
2293
2294A dialect tag comment is recognised by Vim if it occurs within the first 200
2295lines of the source file. Only the very first such comment is recognised, any
2296additional dialect tag comments are ignored.
2297
2298Example: >
2299
2300 DEFINITION MODULE FooLib; (*!m2pim*)
2301 ...
2302
2303Variable g:modula2_default_dialect sets the default Modula-2 dialect when the
2304dialect cannot be determined from the contents of the Modula-2 file: if
2305defined and set to 'm2pim', the default dialect is PIM.
2306
2307Example: >
2308
2309 let g:modula2_default_dialect = 'm2pim'
2310
2311
2312Highlighting is further configurable for each dialect via the following
2313variables.
2314
2315Variable Highlight ~
2316*modula2_iso_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2317*modula2_iso_disallow_octals* disallow octal integer literals
2318*modula2_iso_disallow_synonyms* disallow "@", "&" and "~" synonyms
2319
2320*modula2_pim_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2321*modula2_pim_disallow_octals* disallow octal integer literals
2322*modula2_pim_disallow_synonyms* disallow "&" and "~" synonyms
2323
2324*modula2_r10_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2325
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002326MOO *moo.vim* *ft-moo-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002327
2328If you use C-style comments inside expressions and find it mangles your
2329highlighting, you may want to use extended (slow!) matches for C-style
2330comments: >
2331
2332 :let moo_extended_cstyle_comments = 1
2333
2334To disable highlighting of pronoun substitution patterns inside strings: >
2335
2336 :let moo_no_pronoun_sub = 1
2337
2338To disable highlighting of the regular expression operator '%|', and matching
2339'%(' and '%)' inside strings: >
2340
2341 :let moo_no_regexp = 1
2342
2343Unmatched double quotes can be recognized and highlighted as errors: >
2344
2345 :let moo_unmatched_quotes = 1
2346
2347To highlight builtin properties (.name, .location, .programmer etc.): >
2348
2349 :let moo_builtin_properties = 1
2350
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002351Unknown builtin functions can be recognized and highlighted as errors. If you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002352use this option, add your own extensions to the mooKnownBuiltinFunction group.
2353To enable this option: >
2354
2355 :let moo_unknown_builtin_functions = 1
2356
2357An example of adding sprintf() to the list of known builtin functions: >
2358
2359 :syn keyword mooKnownBuiltinFunction sprintf contained
2360
2361
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002362MSQL *msql.vim* *ft-msql-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002363
2364There are two options for the msql syntax highlighting.
2365
2366If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2367
2368 :let msql_sql_query = 1
2369
2370For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2371set "msql_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2372
2373 :let msql_minlines = 200
2374
2375
Bram Moolenaarc572da52017-08-27 16:52:01 +02002376N1QL *n1ql.vim* *ft-n1ql-syntax*
2377
2378N1QL is a SQL-like declarative language for manipulating JSON documents in
2379Couchbase Server databases.
2380
2381Vim syntax highlights N1QL statements, keywords, operators, types, comments,
2382and special values. Vim ignores syntactical elements specific to SQL or its
2383many dialects, like COLUMN or CHAR, that don't exist in N1QL.
2384
2385
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002386NCF *ncf.vim* *ft-ncf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002387
2388There is one option for NCF syntax highlighting.
2389
2390If you want to have unrecognized (by ncf.vim) statements highlighted as
2391errors, use this: >
2392
2393 :let ncf_highlight_unknowns = 1
2394
2395If you don't want to highlight these errors, leave it unset.
2396
2397
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002398NROFF *nroff.vim* *ft-nroff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002399
2400The nroff syntax file works with AT&T n/troff out of the box. You need to
2401activate the GNU groff extra features included in the syntax file before you
2402can use them.
2403
2404For example, Linux and BSD distributions use groff as their default text
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002405processing package. In order to activate the extra syntax highlighting
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002406features for groff, arrange for files to be recognized as groff (see
2407|ft-groff-syntax|) or add the following option to your start-up files: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002408
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002409 :let nroff_is_groff = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002410
2411Groff is different from the old AT&T n/troff that you may still find in
2412Solaris. Groff macro and request names can be longer than 2 characters and
2413there are extensions to the language primitives. For example, in AT&T troff
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002414you access the year as a 2-digit number with the request \(yr. In groff you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002415can use the same request, recognized for compatibility, or you can use groff's
2416native syntax, \[yr]. Furthermore, you can use a 4-digit year directly:
2417\[year]. Macro requests can be longer than 2 characters, for example, GNU mm
2418accepts the requests ".VERBON" and ".VERBOFF" for creating verbatim
2419environments.
2420
2421In order to obtain the best formatted output g/troff can give you, you should
2422follow a few simple rules about spacing and punctuation.
2423
24241. Do not leave empty spaces at the end of lines.
2425
24262. Leave one space and one space only after an end-of-sentence period,
2427 exclamation mark, etc.
2428
24293. For reasons stated below, it is best to follow all period marks with a
2430 carriage return.
2431
2432The reason behind these unusual tips is that g/n/troff have a line breaking
2433algorithm that can be easily upset if you don't follow the rules given above.
2434
2435Unlike TeX, troff fills text line-by-line, not paragraph-by-paragraph and,
2436furthermore, it does not have a concept of glue or stretch, all horizontal and
2437vertical space input will be output as is.
2438
2439Therefore, you should be careful about not using more space between sentences
2440than you intend to have in your final document. For this reason, the common
2441practice is to insert a carriage return immediately after all punctuation
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002442marks. If you want to have "even" text in your final processed output, you
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02002443need to maintain regular spacing in the input text. To mark both trailing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002444spaces and two or more spaces after a punctuation as an error, use: >
2445
2446 :let nroff_space_errors = 1
2447
2448Another technique to detect extra spacing and other errors that will interfere
2449with the correct typesetting of your file, is to define an eye-catching
2450highlighting definition for the syntax groups "nroffDefinition" and
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002451"nroffDefSpecial" in your configuration files. For example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002452
2453 hi def nroffDefinition term=italic cterm=italic gui=reverse
2454 hi def nroffDefSpecial term=italic,bold cterm=italic,bold
2455 \ gui=reverse,bold
2456
2457If you want to navigate preprocessor entries in your source file as easily as
2458with section markers, you can activate the following option in your .vimrc
2459file: >
2460
2461 let b:preprocs_as_sections = 1
2462
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00002463As well, the syntax file adds an extra paragraph marker for the extended
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002464paragraph macro (.XP) in the ms package.
2465
2466Finally, there is a |groff.vim| syntax file that can be used for enabling
2467groff syntax highlighting either on a file basis or globally by default.
2468
2469
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002470OCAML *ocaml.vim* *ft-ocaml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002471
2472The OCaml syntax file handles files having the following prefixes: .ml,
2473.mli, .mll and .mly. By setting the following variable >
2474
2475 :let ocaml_revised = 1
2476
2477you can switch from standard OCaml-syntax to revised syntax as supported
2478by the camlp4 preprocessor. Setting the variable >
2479
2480 :let ocaml_noend_error = 1
2481
2482prevents highlighting of "end" as error, which is useful when sources
2483contain very long structures that Vim does not synchronize anymore.
2484
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002485PANDOC *ft-pandoc-syntax*
2486
2487By default, markdown files will be detected as filetype "markdown".
2488Alternatively, you may want them to be detected as filetype "pandoc" instead.
2489To do so, set the following: >
2490
2491 :let g:markdown_md = 'pandoc'
2492
2493The pandoc syntax plugin uses |conceal| for pretty highlighting. Default is 1 >
2494
2495 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#use = 1
2496
2497To specify elements that should not be concealed, set the following variable: >
2498
2499 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#blacklist = []
2500
2501This is a list of the rules wich can be used here:
2502
Shougo Matsushitabe2b03c2024-04-08 22:11:50 +02002503 - titleblock
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002504 - image
2505 - block
2506 - subscript
2507 - superscript
2508 - strikeout
2509 - atx
2510 - codeblock_start
2511 - codeblock_delim
2512 - footnote
2513 - definition
2514 - list
2515 - newline
2516 - dashes
2517 - ellipses
2518 - quotes
2519 - inlinecode
2520 - inlinemath
2521
2522You can customize the way concealing works. For example, if you prefer to mark
2523footnotes with the `*` symbol: >
2524
2525 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#cchar_overrides = {"footnote" : "*"}
2526
2527To conceal the urls in links, use: >
2528
2529 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#urls = 1
2530
2531Prevent highlighting specific codeblock types so that they remain Normal.
2532Codeblock types include "definition" for codeblocks inside definition blocks
2533and "delimited" for delimited codeblocks. Default = [] >
2534
2535 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#ignore = ['definition']
2536
2537Use embedded highlighting for delimited codeblocks where a language is
2538specified. Default = 1 >
2539
2540 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#use = 1
2541
2542For specify what languages and using what syntax files to highlight embeds. This is a
2543list of language names. When the language pandoc and vim use don't match, you
2544can use the "PANDOC=VIM" syntax. For example: >
2545
2546 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#langs = ["ruby", "bash=sh"]
2547
2548To use italics and strong in emphases. Default = 1 >
2549
Christian Brabandta0400192024-04-09 08:06:52 +02002550 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#emphases = 1
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002551
2552"0" will add "block" to g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#blacklist, because otherwise
2553you couldn't tell where the styles are applied.
2554
2555To add underline subscript, superscript and strikeout text styles. Default = 1 >
2556
2557 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#underline_special = 1
2558
2559Detect and highlight definition lists. Disabling this can improve performance.
2560Default = 1 (i.e., enabled by default) >
2561
2562 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#use_definition_lists = 1
2563
2564The pandoc syntax script also comes with the following commands: >
2565
2566 :PandocHighlight LANG
2567
2568Enables embedded highlighting for language LANG in codeblocks. Uses the
2569syntax for items in g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#langs. >
2570
2571 :PandocUnhighlight LANG
2572
2573Disables embedded highlighting for language LANG in codeblocks.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002574
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002575PAPP *papp.vim* *ft-papp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002576
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002577The PApp syntax file handles .papp files and, to a lesser extent, .pxml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002578and .pxsl files which are all a mixture of perl/xml/html/other using xml
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002579as the top-level file format. By default everything inside phtml or pxml
2580sections is treated as a string with embedded preprocessor commands. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002581you set the variable: >
2582
2583 :let papp_include_html=1
2584
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00002585in your startup file it will try to syntax-highlight html code inside phtml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002586sections, but this is relatively slow and much too colourful to be able to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002587edit sensibly. ;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002588
2589The newest version of the papp.vim syntax file can usually be found at
2590http://papp.plan9.de.
2591
2592
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002593PASCAL *pascal.vim* *ft-pascal-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002594
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002595Files matching "*.p" could be Progress or Pascal and those matching "*.pp"
2596could be Puppet or Pascal. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you,
2597or you only edit Pascal files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002598
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002599 :let filetype_p = "pascal"
2600 :let filetype_pp = "pascal"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002601
2602The Pascal syntax file has been extended to take into account some extensions
2603provided by Turbo Pascal, Free Pascal Compiler and GNU Pascal Compiler.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002604Delphi keywords are also supported. By default, Turbo Pascal 7.0 features are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002605enabled. If you prefer to stick with the standard Pascal keywords, add the
2606following line to your startup file: >
2607
2608 :let pascal_traditional=1
2609
2610To switch on Delphi specific constructions (such as one-line comments,
2611keywords, etc): >
2612
2613 :let pascal_delphi=1
2614
2615
2616The option pascal_symbol_operator controls whether symbol operators such as +,
2617*, .., etc. are displayed using the Operator color or not. To colorize symbol
2618operators, add the following line to your startup file: >
2619
2620 :let pascal_symbol_operator=1
2621
2622Some functions are highlighted by default. To switch it off: >
2623
2624 :let pascal_no_functions=1
2625
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02002626Furthermore, there are specific variables for some compilers. Besides
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002627pascal_delphi, there are pascal_gpc and pascal_fpc. Default extensions try to
2628match Turbo Pascal. >
2629
2630 :let pascal_gpc=1
2631
2632or >
2633
2634 :let pascal_fpc=1
2635
2636To ensure that strings are defined on a single line, you can define the
2637pascal_one_line_string variable. >
2638
2639 :let pascal_one_line_string=1
2640
2641If you dislike <Tab> chars, you can set the pascal_no_tabs variable. Tabs
2642will be highlighted as Error. >
2643
2644 :let pascal_no_tabs=1
2645
2646
2647
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002648PERL *perl.vim* *ft-perl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002649
2650There are a number of possible options to the perl syntax highlighting.
2651
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002652Inline POD highlighting is now turned on by default. If you don't wish
2653to have the added complexity of highlighting POD embedded within Perl
2654files, you may set the 'perl_include_pod' option to 0: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002655
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002656 :let perl_include_pod = 0
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002657
Bram Moolenaar822ff862014-06-12 21:46:14 +02002658To reduce the complexity of parsing (and increase performance) you can switch
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002659off two elements in the parsing of variable names and contents. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002660
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002661To handle package references in variable and function names not differently
2662from the rest of the name (like 'PkgName::' in '$PkgName::VarName'): >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002663
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002664 :let perl_no_scope_in_variables = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002665
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002666(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_want_scope_in_variables"
2667enabled it.)
2668
2669If you do not want complex things like '@{${"foo"}}' to be parsed: >
2670
2671 :let perl_no_extended_vars = 1
2672
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +00002673(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_extended_vars" enabled it.)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002674
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002675The coloring strings can be changed. By default strings and qq friends will
2676be highlighted like the first line. If you set the variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002677perl_string_as_statement, it will be highlighted as in the second line.
2678
2679 "hello world!"; qq|hello world|;
2680 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^NN^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^N (unlet perl_string_as_statement)
2681 S^^^^^^^^^^^^SNNSSS^^^^^^^^^^^SN (let perl_string_as_statement)
2682
2683(^ = perlString, S = perlStatement, N = None at all)
2684
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002685The syncing has 3 options. The first two switch off some triggering of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002686synchronization and should only be needed in case it fails to work properly.
2687If while scrolling all of a sudden the whole screen changes color completely
RestorerZf7a38652024-04-22 20:55:32 +02002688then you should try and switch off one of those. Let the developer know if
2689you can figure out the line that causes the mistake.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002690
2691One triggers on "^\s*sub\s*" and the other on "^[$@%]" more or less. >
2692
2693 :let perl_no_sync_on_sub
2694 :let perl_no_sync_on_global_var
2695
2696Below you can set the maximum distance VIM should look for starting points for
2697its attempts in syntax highlighting. >
2698
2699 :let perl_sync_dist = 100
2700
2701If you want to use folding with perl, set perl_fold: >
2702
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002703 :let perl_fold = 1
2704
2705If you want to fold blocks in if statements, etc. as well set the following: >
2706
2707 :let perl_fold_blocks = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002708
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002709Subroutines are folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. If you do not want
2710this, you can set 'perl_nofold_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002711
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002712 :let perl_nofold_subs = 1
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002713
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002714Anonymous subroutines are not folded by default; you may enable their folding
2715via 'perl_fold_anonymous_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002716
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002717 :let perl_fold_anonymous_subs = 1
2718
2719Packages are also folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. To disable this
2720behavior, set 'perl_nofold_packages': >
2721
2722 :let perl_nofold_packages = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002723
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002724PHP3 and PHP4 *php.vim* *php3.vim* *ft-php-syntax* *ft-php3-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002725
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002726[Note: Previously this was called "php3", but since it now also supports php4
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002727it has been renamed to "php"]
2728
2729There are the following options for the php syntax highlighting.
2730
2731If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings: >
2732
2733 let php_sql_query = 1
2734
2735For highlighting the Baselib methods: >
2736
2737 let php_baselib = 1
2738
2739Enable HTML syntax highlighting inside strings: >
2740
2741 let php_htmlInStrings = 1
2742
2743Using the old colorstyle: >
2744
2745 let php_oldStyle = 1
2746
2747Enable highlighting ASP-style short tags: >
2748
2749 let php_asp_tags = 1
2750
2751Disable short tags: >
2752
2753 let php_noShortTags = 1
2754
2755For highlighting parent error ] or ): >
2756
2757 let php_parent_error_close = 1
2758
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02002759For skipping a php end tag, if there exists an open ( or [ without a closing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002760one: >
2761
2762 let php_parent_error_open = 1
2763
2764Enable folding for classes and functions: >
2765
2766 let php_folding = 1
2767
2768Selecting syncing method: >
2769
2770 let php_sync_method = x
2771
2772x = -1 to sync by search (default),
2773x > 0 to sync at least x lines backwards,
2774x = 0 to sync from start.
2775
2776
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002777PLAINTEX *plaintex.vim* *ft-plaintex-syntax*
2778
2779TeX is a typesetting language, and plaintex is the file type for the "plain"
2780variant of TeX. If you never want your *.tex files recognized as plain TeX,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00002781see |ft-tex-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002782
2783This syntax file has the option >
2784
2785 let g:plaintex_delimiters = 1
2786
2787if you want to highlight brackets "[]" and braces "{}".
2788
2789
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002790PPWIZARD *ppwiz.vim* *ft-ppwiz-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002791
2792PPWizard is a preprocessor for HTML and OS/2 INF files
2793
2794This syntax file has the options:
2795
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002796- ppwiz_highlight_defs : Determines highlighting mode for PPWizard's
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002797 definitions. Possible values are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002798
2799 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 1 : PPWizard #define statements retain the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002800 colors of their contents (e.g. PPWizard macros and variables).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002801
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002802 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 2 : Preprocessor #define and #evaluate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002803 statements are shown in a single color with the exception of line
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002804 continuation symbols.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002805
2806 The default setting for ppwiz_highlight_defs is 1.
2807
2808- ppwiz_with_html : If the value is 1 (the default), highlight literal
2809 HTML code; if 0, treat HTML code like ordinary text.
2810
2811
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002812PHTML *phtml.vim* *ft-phtml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002813
2814There are two options for the phtml syntax highlighting.
2815
2816If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2817
2818 :let phtml_sql_query = 1
2819
2820For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2821set "phtml_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2822
2823 :let phtml_minlines = 200
2824
2825
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002826POSTSCRIPT *postscr.vim* *ft-postscr-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002827
2828There are several options when it comes to highlighting PostScript.
2829
2830First which version of the PostScript language to highlight. There are
2831currently three defined language versions, or levels. Level 1 is the original
2832and base version, and includes all extensions prior to the release of level 2.
2833Level 2 is the most common version around, and includes its own set of
2834extensions prior to the release of level 3. Level 3 is currently the highest
2835level supported. You select which level of the PostScript language you want
2836highlighted by defining the postscr_level variable as follows: >
2837
2838 :let postscr_level=2
2839
2840If this variable is not defined it defaults to 2 (level 2) since this is
2841the most prevalent version currently.
2842
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002843Note: Not all PS interpreters will support all language features for a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002844particular language level. In particular the %!PS-Adobe-3.0 at the start of
2845PS files does NOT mean the PostScript present is level 3 PostScript!
2846
2847If you are working with Display PostScript, you can include highlighting of
2848Display PS language features by defining the postscr_display variable as
2849follows: >
2850
2851 :let postscr_display=1
2852
2853If you are working with Ghostscript, you can include highlighting of
2854Ghostscript specific language features by defining the variable
2855postscr_ghostscript as follows: >
2856
2857 :let postscr_ghostscript=1
2858
2859PostScript is a large language, with many predefined elements. While it
2860useful to have all these elements highlighted, on slower machines this can
2861cause Vim to slow down. In an attempt to be machine friendly font names and
2862character encodings are not highlighted by default. Unless you are working
2863explicitly with either of these this should be ok. If you want them to be
2864highlighted you should set one or both of the following variables: >
2865
2866 :let postscr_fonts=1
2867 :let postscr_encodings=1
2868
2869There is a stylistic option to the highlighting of and, or, and not. In
2870PostScript the function of these operators depends on the types of their
2871operands - if the operands are booleans then they are the logical operators,
2872if they are integers then they are binary operators. As binary and logical
2873operators can be highlighted differently they have to be highlighted one way
2874or the other. By default they are treated as logical operators. They can be
2875highlighted as binary operators by defining the variable
2876postscr_andornot_binary as follows: >
2877
2878 :let postscr_andornot_binary=1
2879<
2880
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002881 *ptcap.vim* *ft-printcap-syntax*
2882PRINTCAP + TERMCAP *ft-ptcap-syntax* *ft-termcap-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002883
2884This syntax file applies to the printcap and termcap databases.
2885
2886In order for Vim to recognize printcap/termcap files that do not match
2887the patterns *printcap*, or *termcap*, you must put additional patterns
2888appropriate to your system in your |myfiletypefile| file. For these
2889patterns, you must set the variable "b:ptcap_type" to either "print" or
2890"term", and then the 'filetype' option to ptcap.
2891
2892For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/termcaps/ as termcap
2893files, add the following: >
2894
2895 :au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/termcaps/* let b:ptcap_type = "term" |
2896 \ set filetype=ptcap
2897
2898If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which
2899are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "ptcap_minlines"
2900internal variable to a larger number: >
2901
2902 :let ptcap_minlines = 50
2903
2904(The default is 20 lines.)
2905
2906
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002907PROGRESS *progress.vim* *ft-progress-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002908
2909Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
2910doesn't work for you, or you don't edit cweb at all, use this in your
2911startup vimrc: >
2912 :let filetype_w = "progress"
2913The same happens for "*.i", which could be assembly, and "*.p", which could be
2914Pascal. Use this if you don't use assembly and Pascal: >
2915 :let filetype_i = "progress"
2916 :let filetype_p = "progress"
2917
2918
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002919PYTHON *python.vim* *ft-python-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002920
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002921There are six options to control Python syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002922
2923For highlighted numbers: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002924 :let python_no_number_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002925
2926For highlighted builtin functions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002927 :let python_no_builtin_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002928
2929For highlighted standard exceptions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002930 :let python_no_exception_highlight = 1
2931
2932For highlighted doctests and code inside: >
2933 :let python_no_doctest_highlight = 1
2934or >
2935 :let python_no_doctest_code_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002936The first option implies the second one.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002937
Bram Moolenaar4a748032010-09-30 21:47:56 +02002938For highlighted trailing whitespace and mix of spaces and tabs: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002939 :let python_space_error_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002940
h_east59858792023-10-25 22:47:05 +09002941If you want all possible Python highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002942 :let python_highlight_all = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002943This has the same effect as setting python_space_error_highlight and
2944unsetting all the other ones.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002945
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002946If you use Python 2 or straddling code (Python 2 and 3 compatible),
2947you can enforce the use of an older syntax file with support for
Bram Moolenaar71badf92023-04-22 22:40:14 +01002948Python 2 and up to Python 3.5. >
2949 :let python_use_python2_syntax = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002950This option will exclude all modern Python 3.6 or higher features.
2951
2952Note: Only existence of these options matters, not their value.
2953 You can replace 1 above with anything.
2954
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002955
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002956QUAKE *quake.vim* *ft-quake-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002957
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002958The Quake syntax definition should work for most FPS (First Person Shooter)
2959based on one of the Quake engines. However, the command names vary a bit
2960between the three games (Quake, Quake 2, and Quake 3 Arena) so the syntax
2961definition checks for the existence of three global variables to allow users
2962to specify what commands are legal in their files. The three variables can
2963be set for the following effects:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002964
2965set to highlight commands only available in Quake: >
2966 :let quake_is_quake1 = 1
2967
2968set to highlight commands only available in Quake 2: >
2969 :let quake_is_quake2 = 1
2970
2971set to highlight commands only available in Quake 3 Arena: >
2972 :let quake_is_quake3 = 1
2973
2974Any combination of these three variables is legal, but might highlight more
2975commands than are actually available to you by the game.
2976
2977
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02002978R *r.vim* *ft-r-syntax*
2979
2980The parsing of R code for syntax highlight starts 40 lines backwards, but you
2981can set a different value in your |vimrc|. Example: >
2982 let r_syntax_minlines = 60
2983
2984You can also turn off syntax highlighting of ROxygen: >
2985 let r_syntax_hl_roxygen = 0
2986
2987enable folding of code delimited by parentheses, square brackets and curly
2988braces: >
2989 let r_syntax_folding = 1
2990
2991and highlight as functions all keywords followed by an opening parenthesis: >
2992 let r_syntax_fun_pattern = 1
2993
2994
2995R MARKDOWN *rmd.vim* *ft-rmd-syntax*
2996
2997To disable syntax highlight of YAML header, add to your |vimrc|: >
2998 let rmd_syn_hl_yaml = 0
2999
3000To disable syntax highlighting of citation keys: >
3001 let rmd_syn_hl_citations = 0
3002
3003To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers: >
3004 let rmd_syn_hl_chunk = 1
3005
3006By default, chunks of R code will be highlighted following the rules of R
Jakson Alves de Aquino9042bd82023-12-25 09:22:27 +00003007language. Moreover, whenever the buffer is saved, Vim scans the buffer and
3008highlights other languages if they are present in new chunks. LaTeX code also
3009is automatically recognized and highlighted when the buffer is saved. This
3010behavior can be controlled with the variables `rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages`,
3011and `rmd_include_latex` whose valid values are: >
3012 let rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages = 0 " No autodetection of languages
3013 let rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages = 1 " Autodetection of languages
3014 let rmd_include_latex = 0 " Don't highlight LaTeX code
3015 let rmd_include_latex = 1 " Autodetect LaTeX code
3016 let rmd_include_latex = 2 " Always include LaTeX highlighting
3017
3018If the value of `rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages` is 0, you still can set the
3019list of languages whose chunks of code should be properly highlighted, as in
3020the example: >
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02003021 let rmd_fenced_languages = ['r', 'python']
3022
3023
3024R RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rrst.vim* *ft-rrst-syntax*
3025
3026To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers, add to your |vimrc|: >
3027 let rrst_syn_hl_chunk = 1
3028
3029
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003030READLINE *readline.vim* *ft-readline-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003031
3032The readline library is primarily used by the BASH shell, which adds quite a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003033few commands and options to the ones already available. To highlight these
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003034items as well you can add the following to your |vimrc| or just type it in the
3035command line before loading a file with the readline syntax: >
3036 let readline_has_bash = 1
3037
3038This will add highlighting for the commands that BASH (version 2.05a and
3039later, and part earlier) adds.
3040
3041
Bram Moolenaar95a9dd12019-12-19 22:12:03 +01003042REGO *rego.vim* *ft-rego-syntax*
3043
3044Rego is a query language developed by Styra. It is mostly used as a policy
3045language for kubernetes, but can be applied to almost anything. Files with
3046the following extensions are recognized as rego files: .rego.
3047
3048
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003049RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rst.vim* *ft-rst-syntax*
3050
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003051Syntax highlighting is enabled for code blocks within the document for a
3052select number of file types. See $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/rst.vim for the default
3053syntax list.
3054
3055To set a user-defined list of code block syntax highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003056 let rst_syntax_code_list = ['vim', 'lisp', ...]
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003057
3058To assign multiple code block types to a single syntax, define
3059`rst_syntax_code_list` as a mapping: >
3060 let rst_syntax_code_list = {
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01003061 \ 'cpp': ['cpp', 'c++'],
3062 \ 'bash': ['bash', 'sh'],
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003063 ...
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01003064 \ }
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003065
3066To use color highlighting for emphasis text: >
3067 let rst_use_emphasis_colors = 1
3068
3069To enable folding of sections: >
3070 let rst_fold_enabled = 1
3071
3072Note that folding can cause performance issues on some platforms.
3073
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003074
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003075REXX *rexx.vim* *ft-rexx-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003076
3077If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3078when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "rexx_minlines" internal variable
3079to a larger number: >
3080 :let rexx_minlines = 50
3081This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
3082displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
3083number is that redrawing can become slow.
3084
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02003085Vim tries to guess what type a ".r" file is. If it can't be detected (from
3086comment lines), the default is "r". To make the default rexx add this line to
3087your .vimrc: *g:filetype_r*
3088>
3089 :let g:filetype_r = "r"
3090
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003091
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003092RUBY *ruby.vim* *ft-ruby-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003093
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003094 Ruby: Operator highlighting |ruby_operators|
3095 Ruby: Whitespace errors |ruby_space_errors|
3096 Ruby: Folding |ruby_fold| |ruby_foldable_groups|
3097 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations |ruby_no_expensive| |ruby_minlines|
3098 Ruby: Spellchecking strings |ruby_spellcheck_strings|
3099
3100 *ruby_operators*
3101 Ruby: Operator highlighting ~
3102
3103Operators can be highlighted by defining "ruby_operators": >
3104
3105 :let ruby_operators = 1
3106<
3107 *ruby_space_errors*
3108 Ruby: Whitespace errors ~
3109
3110Whitespace errors can be highlighted by defining "ruby_space_errors": >
3111
3112 :let ruby_space_errors = 1
3113<
3114This will highlight trailing whitespace and tabs preceded by a space character
3115as errors. This can be refined by defining "ruby_no_trail_space_error" and
3116"ruby_no_tab_space_error" which will ignore trailing whitespace and tabs after
3117spaces respectively.
3118
3119 *ruby_fold* *ruby_foldable_groups*
3120 Ruby: Folding ~
3121
3122Folding can be enabled by defining "ruby_fold": >
3123
3124 :let ruby_fold = 1
3125<
3126This will set the value of 'foldmethod' to "syntax" locally to the current
3127buffer or window, which will enable syntax-based folding when editing Ruby
3128filetypes.
3129
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003130Default folding is rather detailed, i.e., small syntax units like "if", "do",
3131"%w[]" may create corresponding fold levels.
3132
3133You can set "ruby_foldable_groups" to restrict which groups are foldable: >
3134
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003135 :let ruby_foldable_groups = 'if case %'
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003136<
3137The value is a space-separated list of keywords:
3138
3139 keyword meaning ~
3140 -------- ------------------------------------- ~
3141 ALL Most block syntax (default)
3142 NONE Nothing
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003143 if "if" or "unless" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003144 def "def" block
3145 class "class" block
3146 module "module" block
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003147 do "do" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003148 begin "begin" block
3149 case "case" block
3150 for "for", "while", "until" loops
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003151 { Curly bracket block or hash literal
3152 [ Array literal
3153 % Literal with "%" notation, e.g.: %w(STRING), %!STRING!
3154 / Regexp
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003155 string String and shell command output (surrounded by ', ", `)
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003156 : Symbol
3157 # Multiline comment
3158 << Here documents
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003159 __END__ Source code after "__END__" directive
3160
3161 *ruby_no_expensive*
3162 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003163
3164By default, the "end" keyword is colorized according to the opening statement
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003165of the block it closes. While useful, this feature can be expensive; if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003166experience slow redrawing (or you are on a terminal with poor color support)
3167you may want to turn it off by defining the "ruby_no_expensive" variable: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003168
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003169 :let ruby_no_expensive = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003170<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003171In this case the same color will be used for all control keywords.
3172
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003173 *ruby_minlines*
3174
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003175If you do want this feature enabled, but notice highlighting errors while
3176scrolling backwards, which are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting
3177the "ruby_minlines" variable to a value larger than 50: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003178
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003179 :let ruby_minlines = 100
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003180<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003181Ideally, this value should be a number of lines large enough to embrace your
3182largest class or module.
3183
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003184 *ruby_spellcheck_strings*
3185 Ruby: Spellchecking strings ~
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003186
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003187Ruby syntax will perform spellchecking of strings if you define
3188"ruby_spellcheck_strings": >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003189
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003190 :let ruby_spellcheck_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003191<
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003192
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003193SCHEME *scheme.vim* *ft-scheme-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003194
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003195By default only R7RS keywords are highlighted and properly indented.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003196
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003197scheme.vim also supports extensions of the CHICKEN Scheme->C compiler.
3198Define b:is_chicken or g:is_chicken, if you need them.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003199
3200
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003201SDL *sdl.vim* *ft-sdl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003202
3203The SDL highlighting probably misses a few keywords, but SDL has so many
3204of them it's almost impossibly to cope.
3205
3206The new standard, SDL-2000, specifies that all identifiers are
3207case-sensitive (which was not so before), and that all keywords can be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003208used either completely lowercase or completely uppercase. To have the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003209highlighting reflect this, you can set the following variable: >
3210 :let sdl_2000=1
3211
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003212This also sets many new keywords. If you want to disable the old
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003213keywords, which is probably a good idea, use: >
3214 :let SDL_no_96=1
3215
3216
3217The indentation is probably also incomplete, but right now I am very
3218satisfied with it for my own projects.
3219
3220
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003221SED *sed.vim* *ft-sed-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003222
3223To make tabs stand out from regular blanks (accomplished by using Todo
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003224highlighting on the tabs), define "g:sed_highlight_tabs" by putting >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003225
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003226 :let g:sed_highlight_tabs = 1
3227<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003228in the vimrc file. (This special highlighting only applies for tabs
3229inside search patterns, replacement texts, addresses or text included
3230by an Append/Change/Insert command.) If you enable this option, it is
3231also a good idea to set the tab width to one character; by doing that,
3232you can easily count the number of tabs in a string.
3233
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003234GNU sed allows comments after text on the same line. BSD sed only allows
3235comments where "#" is the first character of the line. To enforce BSD-style
3236comments, i.e. mark end-of-line comments as errors, use: >
3237
3238 :let g:sed_dialect = "bsd"
3239<
3240Note that there are other differences between GNU sed and BSD sed which are
3241not (yet) affected by this setting.
3242
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003243Bugs:
3244
3245 The transform command (y) is treated exactly like the substitute
3246 command. This means that, as far as this syntax file is concerned,
3247 transform accepts the same flags as substitute, which is wrong.
3248 (Transform accepts no flags.) I tolerate this bug because the
3249 involved commands need very complex treatment (95 patterns, one for
3250 each plausible pattern delimiter).
3251
3252
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003253SGML *sgml.vim* *ft-sgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003254
3255The coloring scheme for tags in the SGML file works as follows.
3256
3257The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
3258This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
3259closing tags the 'Type' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those are
3260defined for you)
3261
3262Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
3263names are not colored which makes it easy to spot errors.
3264
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003265Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003266names are colored differently than unknown ones.
3267
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003268Some SGML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003269are recognized by the sgml.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
3270text is shown: <varname> <emphasis> <command> <function> <literal>
3271<replaceable> <ulink> and <link>.
3272
3273If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
3274following syntax groups:
3275
3276 - sgmlBold
3277 - sgmlBoldItalic
3278 - sgmlUnderline
3279 - sgmlItalic
3280 - sgmlLink for links
3281
3282To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all and define the
3283following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
3284are read during initialization) >
3285 let sgml_my_rendering=1
3286
3287You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
3288vimrc file: >
3289 let sgml_no_rendering=1
3290
3291(Adapted from the html.vim help text by Claudio Fleiner <claudio@fleiner.com>)
3292
3293
Bram Moolenaar4466ad62020-11-21 13:16:30 +01003294 *ft-posix-syntax* *ft-dash-syntax*
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003295SH *sh.vim* *ft-sh-syntax* *ft-bash-syntax* *ft-ksh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003296
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003297This covers syntax highlighting for the older Unix (Bourne) sh, and newer
3298shells such as bash, dash, posix, and the Korn shells.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003299
3300Vim attempts to determine which shell type is in use by specifying that
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003301various filenames are of specific types, e.g.: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003302
3303 ksh : .kshrc* *.ksh
3304 bash: .bashrc* bashrc bash.bashrc .bash_profile* *.bash
3305<
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003306See $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim for the full list of patterns. If none of these
3307cases pertain, then the first line of the file is examined (ex. looking for
3308/bin/sh /bin/ksh /bin/bash). If the first line specifies a shelltype, then
3309that shelltype is used. However some files (ex. .profile) are known to be
3310shell files but the type is not apparent. Furthermore, on many systems sh is
3311symbolically linked to "bash" (Linux, Windows+cygwin) or "ksh" (Posix).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003312
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003313One may specify a global default by instantiating one of the following
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003314variables in your <.vimrc>:
3315
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003316 ksh: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003317 let g:is_kornshell = 1
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01003318< posix: (using this is nearly the same as setting g:is_kornshell to 1) >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003319 let g:is_posix = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003320< bash: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003321 let g:is_bash = 1
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003322< sh: (default) Bourne shell >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003323 let g:is_sh = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003324
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003325< (dash users should use posix)
3326
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003327If there's no "#! ..." line, and the user hasn't availed himself/herself of a
3328default sh.vim syntax setting as just shown, then syntax/sh.vim will assume
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003329the Bourne shell syntax. No need to quote RFCs or market penetration
3330statistics in error reports, please -- just select the default version of the
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003331sh your system uses and install the associated "let..." in your <.vimrc>.
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003332
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003333The syntax/sh.vim file provides several levels of syntax-based folding: >
3334
3335 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 0 (default, no syntax folding)
3336 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 1 (enable function folding)
3337 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 2 (enable heredoc folding)
3338 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 4 (enable if/do/for folding)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003339>
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003340then various syntax items (ie. HereDocuments and function bodies) become
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003341syntax-foldable (see |:syn-fold|). You also may add these together
3342to get multiple types of folding: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003343
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003344 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 3 (enables function and heredoc folding)
3345
3346If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards which are fixed
3347when one redraws with CTRL-L, try setting the "sh_minlines" internal variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003348to a larger number. Example: >
3349
3350 let sh_minlines = 500
3351
3352This will make syntax synchronization start 500 lines before the first
3353displayed line. The default value is 200. The disadvantage of using a larger
3354number is that redrawing can become slow.
3355
3356If you don't have much to synchronize on, displaying can be very slow. To
3357reduce this, the "sh_maxlines" internal variable can be set. Example: >
3358
3359 let sh_maxlines = 100
3360<
3361The default is to use the twice sh_minlines. Set it to a smaller number to
3362speed up displaying. The disadvantage is that highlight errors may appear.
3363
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003364syntax/sh.vim tries to flag certain problems as errors; usually things like
Bram Moolenaar9fbdbb82022-09-27 17:30:34 +01003365unmatched "]", "done", "fi", etc. If you find the error handling problematic
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003366for your purposes, you may suppress such error highlighting by putting
3367the following line in your .vimrc: >
3368
3369 let g:sh_no_error= 1
3370<
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003371
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003372 *sh-embed* *sh-awk*
3373 Sh: EMBEDDING LANGUAGES~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003374
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003375You may wish to embed languages into sh. I'll give an example courtesy of
3376Lorance Stinson on how to do this with awk as an example. Put the following
3377file into $HOME/.vim/after/syntax/sh/awkembed.vim: >
3378
Bram Moolenaardae8d212016-02-27 22:40:16 +01003379 " AWK Embedding:
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003380 " ==============
3381 " Shamelessly ripped from aspperl.vim by Aaron Hope.
3382 if exists("b:current_syntax")
3383 unlet b:current_syntax
3384 endif
3385 syn include @AWKScript syntax/awk.vim
3386 syn region AWKScriptCode matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+[=\\]\@<!'+ skip=+\\'+ end=+'+ contains=@AWKScript contained
3387 syn region AWKScriptEmbedded matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+\<awk\>+ skip=+\\$+ end=+[=\\]\@<!'+me=e-1 contains=@shIdList,@shExprList2 nextgroup=AWKScriptCode
3388 syn cluster shCommandSubList add=AWKScriptEmbedded
3389 hi def link AWKCommand Type
3390<
3391This code will then let the awk code in the single quotes: >
3392 awk '...awk code here...'
3393be highlighted using the awk highlighting syntax. Clearly this may be
3394extended to other languages.
3395
3396
3397SPEEDUP *spup.vim* *ft-spup-syntax*
3398(AspenTech plant simulator)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003399
3400The Speedup syntax file has some options:
3401
3402- strict_subsections : If this variable is defined, only keywords for
3403 sections and subsections will be highlighted as statements but not
3404 other keywords (like WITHIN in the OPERATION section).
3405
3406- highlight_types : Definition of this variable causes stream types
3407 like temperature or pressure to be highlighted as Type, not as a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003408 plain Identifier. Included are the types that are usually found in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003409 the DECLARE section; if you defined own types, you have to include
3410 them in the syntax file.
3411
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003412- oneline_comments : This value ranges from 1 to 3 and determines the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003413 highlighting of # style comments.
3414
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003415 oneline_comments = 1 : Allow normal Speedup code after an even
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003416 number of #s.
3417
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003418 oneline_comments = 2 : Show code starting with the second # as
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003419 error. This is the default setting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003420
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003421 oneline_comments = 3 : Show the whole line as error if it contains
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003422 more than one #.
3423
3424Since especially OPERATION sections tend to become very large due to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003425PRESETting variables, syncing may be critical. If your computer is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003426fast enough, you can increase minlines and/or maxlines near the end of
3427the syntax file.
3428
3429
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003430SQL *sql.vim* *ft-sql-syntax*
3431 *sqlinformix.vim* *ft-sqlinformix-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003432 *sqlanywhere.vim* *ft-sqlanywhere-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003433
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003434While there is an ANSI standard for SQL, most database engines add their own
3435custom extensions. Vim currently supports the Oracle and Informix dialects of
3436SQL. Vim assumes "*.sql" files are Oracle SQL by default.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003437
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003438Vim currently has SQL support for a variety of different vendors via syntax
3439scripts. You can change Vim's default from Oracle to any of the current SQL
3440supported types. You can also easily alter the SQL dialect being used on a
3441buffer by buffer basis.
3442
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003443For more detailed instructions see |ft_sql.txt|.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003444
3445
Bram Moolenaar47003982021-12-05 21:54:04 +00003446SQUIRREL *squirrel.vim* *ft-squirrel-syntax*
3447
3448Squirrel is a high level imperative, object-oriented programming language,
3449designed to be a light-weight scripting language that fits in the size, memory
3450bandwidth, and real-time requirements of applications like video games. Files
3451with the following extensions are recognized as squirrel files: .nut.
3452
3453
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003454TCSH *tcsh.vim* *ft-tcsh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003455
3456This covers the shell named "tcsh". It is a superset of csh. See |csh.vim|
3457for how the filetype is detected.
3458
3459Tcsh does not allow \" in strings unless the "backslash_quote" shell variable
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003460is set. If you want VIM to assume that no backslash quote constructs exist
3461add this line to your .vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003462
3463 :let tcsh_backslash_quote = 0
3464
3465If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3466when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "tcsh_minlines" internal variable
3467to a larger number: >
3468
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003469 :let tcsh_minlines = 1000
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003470
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003471This will make the syntax synchronization start 1000 lines before the first
3472displayed line. If you set "tcsh_minlines" to "fromstart", then
3473synchronization is done from the start of the file. The default value for
3474tcsh_minlines is 100. The disadvantage of using a larger number is that
3475redrawing can become slow.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003476
3477
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003478TEX *tex.vim* *ft-tex-syntax* *latex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003479 *syntax-tex* *syntax-latex*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003480
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003481 Tex Contents~
3482 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? |tex-folding|
3483 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted |g:tex_nospell|
3484 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? |tex-nospell|
3485 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones? |tex-verb|
3486 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones |tex-runon|
3487 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? |tex-slow|
3488 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? |tex-morecommands|
3489 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? |tex-error|
3490 Tex: Need a new Math Group? |tex-math|
3491 Tex: Starting a New Style? |tex-style|
3492 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode |tex-conceal|
3493 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode |g:tex_conceal|
3494 Tex: Controlling iskeyword |g:tex_isk|
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003495 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control |tex-supersub|
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003496 Tex: Match Check Control |tex-matchcheck|
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003497
3498 *tex-folding* *g:tex_fold_enabled*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003499 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? ~
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003500
3501As of version 28 of <syntax/tex.vim>, syntax-based folding of parts, chapters,
3502sections, subsections, etc are supported. Put >
3503 let g:tex_fold_enabled=1
3504in your <.vimrc>, and :set fdm=syntax. I suggest doing the latter via a
3505modeline at the end of your LaTeX file: >
3506 % vim: fdm=syntax
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003507If your system becomes too slow, then you might wish to look into >
Bram Moolenaar6c1e1572019-06-22 02:13:00 +02003508 https://vimhelp.org/vim_faq.txt.html#faq-29.7
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003509<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003510 *g:tex_nospell*
3511 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted~
3512
3513If you don't want spell checking anywhere in your LaTeX document, put >
3514 let g:tex_nospell=1
3515into your .vimrc. If you merely wish to suppress spell checking inside
3516comments only, see |g:tex_comment_nospell|.
3517
3518 *tex-nospell* *g:tex_comment_nospell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003519 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? ~
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003520
3521Some folks like to include things like source code in comments and so would
3522prefer that spell checking be disabled in comments in LaTeX files. To do
3523this, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3524 let g:tex_comment_nospell= 1
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003525If you want to suppress spell checking everywhere inside your LaTeX document,
3526see |g:tex_nospell|.
3527
3528 *tex-verb* *g:tex_verbspell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003529 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones?~
Bram Moolenaar74cbdf02010-08-04 23:03:17 +02003530
3531Often verbatim regions are used for things like source code; seldom does
3532one want source code spell-checked. However, for those of you who do
3533want your verbatim zones spell-checked, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3534 let g:tex_verbspell= 1
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003535<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003536 *tex-runon* *tex-stopzone*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003537 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003538
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003539The <syntax/tex.vim> highlighting supports TeX, LaTeX, and some AmsTeX. The
3540highlighting supports three primary zones/regions: normal, texZone, and
3541texMathZone. Although considerable effort has been made to have these zones
3542terminate properly, zones delineated by $..$ and $$..$$ cannot be synchronized
3543as there's no difference between start and end patterns. Consequently, a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003544special "TeX comment" has been provided >
3545 %stopzone
3546which will forcibly terminate the highlighting of either a texZone or a
3547texMathZone.
3548
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003549 *tex-slow* *tex-sync*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003550 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003551
3552If you have a slow computer, you may wish to reduce the values for >
3553 :syn sync maxlines=200
3554 :syn sync minlines=50
3555(especially the latter). If your computer is fast, you may wish to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003556increase them. This primarily affects synchronizing (i.e. just what group,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003557if any, is the text at the top of the screen supposed to be in?).
3558
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003559Another cause of slow highlighting is due to syntax-driven folding; see
3560|tex-folding| for a way around this.
3561
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003562 *g:tex_fast*
3563
3564Finally, if syntax highlighting is still too slow, you may set >
3565
3566 :let g:tex_fast= ""
3567
3568in your .vimrc. Used this way, the g:tex_fast variable causes the syntax
3569highlighting script to avoid defining any regions and associated
3570synchronization. The result will be much faster syntax highlighting; the
3571price: you will no longer have as much highlighting or any syntax-based
3572folding, and you will be missing syntax-based error checking.
3573
3574You may decide that some syntax is acceptable; you may use the following table
3575selectively to enable just some syntax highlighting: >
3576
3577 b : allow bold and italic syntax
3578 c : allow texComment syntax
3579 m : allow texMatcher syntax (ie. {...} and [...])
3580 M : allow texMath syntax
3581 p : allow parts, chapter, section, etc syntax
3582 r : allow texRefZone syntax (nocite, bibliography, label, pageref, eqref)
3583 s : allow superscript/subscript regions
3584 S : allow texStyle syntax
3585 v : allow verbatim syntax
3586 V : allow texNewEnv and texNewCmd syntax
3587<
3588As an example, let g:tex_fast= "M" will allow math-associated highlighting
3589but suppress all the other region-based syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003590(also see: |g:tex_conceal| and |tex-supersub|)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003591
3592 *tex-morecommands* *tex-package*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003593 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? ~
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003594
3595LaTeX is a programmable language, and so there are thousands of packages full
3596of specialized LaTeX commands, syntax, and fonts. If you're using such a
3597package you'll often wish that the distributed syntax/tex.vim would support
3598it. However, clearly this is impractical. So please consider using the
3599techniques in |mysyntaxfile-add| to extend or modify the highlighting provided
Bram Moolenaarb6b046b2011-12-30 13:11:27 +01003600by syntax/tex.vim. Please consider uploading any extensions that you write,
3601which typically would go in $HOME/after/syntax/tex/[pkgname].vim, to
3602http://vim.sf.net/.
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003603
Bram Moolenaar93a1df22018-09-10 11:51:50 +02003604I've included some support for various popular packages on my website: >
3605
3606 http://www.drchip.org/astronaut/vim/index.html#LATEXPKGS
3607<
3608The syntax files there go into your .../after/syntax/tex/ directory.
3609
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003610 *tex-error* *g:tex_no_error*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003611 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003612
3613The <tex.vim> supports lexical error checking of various sorts. Thus,
3614although the error checking is ofttimes very useful, it can indicate
3615errors where none actually are. If this proves to be a problem for you,
3616you may put in your <.vimrc> the following statement: >
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003617 let g:tex_no_error=1
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003618and all error checking by <syntax/tex.vim> will be suppressed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003619
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003620 *tex-math*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003621 Tex: Need a new Math Group? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003622
3623If you want to include a new math group in your LaTeX, the following
3624code shows you an example as to how you might do so: >
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003625 call TexNewMathZone(sfx,mathzone,starform)
3626You'll want to provide the new math group with a unique suffix
3627(currently, A-L and V-Z are taken by <syntax/tex.vim> itself).
3628As an example, consider how eqnarray is set up by <syntax/tex.vim>: >
3629 call TexNewMathZone("D","eqnarray",1)
3630You'll need to change "mathzone" to the name of your new math group,
3631and then to the call to it in .vim/after/syntax/tex.vim.
3632The "starform" variable, if true, implies that your new math group
3633has a starred form (ie. eqnarray*).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003634
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003635 *tex-style* *b:tex_stylish*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003636 Tex: Starting a New Style? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003637
3638One may use "\makeatletter" in *.tex files, thereby making the use of "@" in
3639commands available. However, since the *.tex file doesn't have one of the
3640following suffices: sty cls clo dtx ltx, the syntax highlighting will flag
3641such use of @ as an error. To solve this: >
3642
3643 :let b:tex_stylish = 1
3644 :set ft=tex
3645
3646Putting "let g:tex_stylish=1" into your <.vimrc> will make <syntax/tex.vim>
3647always accept such use of @.
3648
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003649 *tex-cchar* *tex-cole* *tex-conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003650 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode~
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003651
Bram Moolenaar477db062010-07-28 18:17:41 +02003652If you have |'conceallevel'| set to 2 and if your encoding is utf-8, then a
3653number of character sequences can be translated into appropriate utf-8 glyphs,
3654including various accented characters, Greek characters in MathZones, and
3655superscripts and subscripts in MathZones. Not all characters can be made into
3656superscripts or subscripts; the constraint is due to what utf-8 supports.
3657In fact, only a few characters are supported as subscripts.
3658
3659One way to use this is to have vertically split windows (see |CTRL-W_v|); one
3660with |'conceallevel'| at 0 and the other at 2; and both using |'scrollbind'|.
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003661
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003662 *g:tex_conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003663 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode~
3664
3665You may selectively use conceal mode by setting g:tex_conceal in your
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003666<.vimrc>. By default, g:tex_conceal is set to "admgs" to enable concealment
3667for the following sets of characters: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003668
3669 a = accents/ligatures
Bram Moolenaard38b0552012-04-25 19:07:41 +02003670 b = bold and italic
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003671 d = delimiters
3672 m = math symbols
3673 g = Greek
3674 s = superscripts/subscripts
3675<
3676By leaving one or more of these out, the associated conceal-character
3677substitution will not be made.
3678
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003679 *g:tex_isk* *g:tex_stylish*
3680 Tex: Controlling iskeyword~
3681
3682Normally, LaTeX keywords support 0-9, a-z, A-z, and 192-255 only. Latex
3683keywords don't support the underscore - except when in *.sty files. The
3684syntax highlighting script handles this with the following logic:
3685
3686 * If g:tex_stylish exists and is 1
3687 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3688 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003689 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003690 * Else if the file's suffix is sty, cls, clo, dtx, or ltx,
3691 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3692 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003693 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003694
3695 * If g:tex_isk exists, then it will be used for the local 'iskeyword'
3696 * Else the local 'iskeyword' will be set to 48-57,a-z,A-Z,192-255
3697
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003698 *tex-supersub* *g:tex_superscripts* *g:tex_subscripts*
3699 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control~
3700
3701 See |tex-conceal| for how to enable concealed character replacement.
3702
3703 See |g:tex_conceal| for selectively concealing accents, bold/italic,
3704 math, Greek, and superscripts/subscripts.
3705
3706 One may exert fine control over which superscripts and subscripts one
3707 wants syntax-based concealment for (see |:syn-cchar|). Since not all
3708 fonts support all characters, one may override the
3709 concealed-replacement lists; by default these lists are given by: >
3710
3711 let g:tex_superscripts= "[0-9a-zA-W.,:;+-<>/()=]"
3712 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aehijklmnoprstuvx,+-/().]"
3713<
3714 For example, I use Luxi Mono Bold; it doesn't support subscript
3715 characters for "hklmnpst", so I put >
3716 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aeijoruvx,+-/().]"
3717< in ~/.vim/ftplugin/tex/tex.vim in order to avoid having inscrutable
3718 utf-8 glyphs appear.
3719
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003720 *tex-matchcheck* *g:tex_matchcheck*
3721 Tex: Match Check Control~
3722
3723 Sometimes one actually wants mismatched parentheses, square braces,
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02003724 and or curly braces; for example, \text{(1,10]} is a range from but
3725 not including 1 to and including 10. This wish, of course, conflicts
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003726 with the desire to provide delimiter mismatch detection. To
3727 accommodate these conflicting goals, syntax/tex.vim provides >
3728 g:tex_matchcheck = '[({[]'
3729< which is shown along with its default setting. So, if one doesn't
3730 want [] and () to be checked for mismatches, try using >
3731 let g:tex_matchcheck= '[{}]'
3732< If you don't want matching to occur inside bold and italicized
3733 regions, >
3734 let g:tex_excludematcher= 1
3735< will prevent the texMatcher group from being included in those regions.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003736
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003737TF *tf.vim* *ft-tf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003738
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003739There is one option for the tf syntax highlighting.
3740
3741For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
3742set "tf_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
3743
3744 :let tf_minlines = your choice
3745<
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003746VIM *vim.vim* *ft-vim-syntax*
3747 *g:vimsyn_minlines* *g:vimsyn_maxlines*
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02003748There is a trade-off between more accurate syntax highlighting versus screen
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003749updating speed. To improve accuracy, you may wish to increase the
3750g:vimsyn_minlines variable. The g:vimsyn_maxlines variable may be used to
3751improve screen updating rates (see |:syn-sync| for more on this). >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003752
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003753 g:vimsyn_minlines : used to set synchronization minlines
3754 g:vimsyn_maxlines : used to set synchronization maxlines
3755<
3756 (g:vim_minlines and g:vim_maxlines are deprecated variants of
3757 these two options)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003758
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003759 *g:vimsyn_embed*
3760The g:vimsyn_embed option allows users to select what, if any, types of
3761embedded script highlighting they wish to have. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003762
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01003763 g:vimsyn_embed == 0 : don't support any embedded scripts
3764 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'l' : support embedded lua
Bram Moolenaar7cba6c02013-09-05 22:13:31 +02003765 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'm' : support embedded mzscheme
3766 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'p' : support embedded perl
3767 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'P' : support embedded python
3768 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'r' : support embedded ruby
3769 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 't' : support embedded tcl
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003770<
Bram Moolenaar7cba6c02013-09-05 22:13:31 +02003771By default, g:vimsyn_embed is a string supporting interpreters that your vim
3772itself supports. Concatenate multiple characters to support multiple types
3773of embedded interpreters; ie. g:vimsyn_embed= "mp" supports embedded mzscheme
3774and embedded perl.
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003775 *g:vimsyn_folding*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003776
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003777Some folding is now supported with syntax/vim.vim: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003778
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003779 g:vimsyn_folding == 0 or doesn't exist: no syntax-based folding
3780 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'a' : augroups
3781 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'f' : fold functions
Doug Kearnsce064932024-04-13 18:24:01 +02003782 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'h' : fold heredocs
3783 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'H' : fold Vim9-script legacy headers
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01003784 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'l' : fold lua script
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003785 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'm' : fold mzscheme script
3786 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'p' : fold perl script
3787 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'P' : fold python script
3788 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'r' : fold ruby script
3789 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 't' : fold tcl script
Doug Kearnsce064932024-04-13 18:24:01 +02003790let g:vimsyn_folding = 'acfhlmpPrt'
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +02003791<
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003792 *g:vimsyn_noerror*
Bram Moolenaarb544f3c2017-02-23 19:03:28 +01003793Not all error highlighting that syntax/vim.vim does may be correct; Vim script
3794is a difficult language to highlight correctly. A way to suppress error
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003795highlighting is to put the following line in your |vimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003796
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003797 let g:vimsyn_noerror = 1
3798<
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003799
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003800
Bram Moolenaar86b48162022-12-06 18:20:10 +00003801WDL *wdl.vim* *wdl-syntax*
3802
3803The Workflow Description Language is a way to specify data processing workflows
3804with a human-readable and writeable syntax. This is used a lot in
3805bioinformatics. More info on the spec can be found here:
3806https://github.com/openwdl/wdl
3807
3808
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003809XF86CONFIG *xf86conf.vim* *ft-xf86conf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003810
3811The syntax of XF86Config file differs in XFree86 v3.x and v4.x. Both
3812variants are supported. Automatic detection is used, but is far from perfect.
3813You may need to specify the version manually. Set the variable
3814xf86conf_xfree86_version to 3 or 4 according to your XFree86 version in
3815your .vimrc. Example: >
3816 :let xf86conf_xfree86_version=3
3817When using a mix of versions, set the b:xf86conf_xfree86_version variable.
3818
3819Note that spaces and underscores in option names are not supported. Use
3820"SyncOnGreen" instead of "__s yn con gr_e_e_n" if you want the option name
3821highlighted.
3822
3823
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003824XML *xml.vim* *ft-xml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003825
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003826Xml namespaces are highlighted by default. This can be inhibited by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003827setting a global variable: >
3828
3829 :let g:xml_namespace_transparent=1
3830<
3831 *xml-folding*
3832The xml syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003833start and end tags. This can be turned on by >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003834
3835 :let g:xml_syntax_folding = 1
3836 :set foldmethod=syntax
3837
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003838Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003839especially for large files.
3840
3841
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003842X Pixmaps (XPM) *xpm.vim* *ft-xpm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003843
3844xpm.vim creates its syntax items dynamically based upon the contents of the
3845XPM file. Thus if you make changes e.g. in the color specification strings,
3846you have to source it again e.g. with ":set syn=xpm".
3847
3848To copy a pixel with one of the colors, yank a "pixel" with "yl" and insert it
3849somewhere else with "P".
3850
3851Do you want to draw with the mouse? Try the following: >
3852 :function! GetPixel()
Bram Moolenaar61660ea2006-04-07 21:40:07 +00003853 : let c = getline(".")[col(".") - 1]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003854 : echo c
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00003855 : exe "noremap <LeftMouse> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
3856 : exe "noremap <LeftDrag> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003857 :endfunction
3858 :noremap <RightMouse> <LeftMouse>:call GetPixel()<CR>
3859 :set guicursor=n:hor20 " to see the color beneath the cursor
3860This turns the right button into a pipette and the left button into a pen.
3861It will work with XPM files that have one character per pixel only and you
3862must not click outside of the pixel strings, but feel free to improve it.
3863
3864It will look much better with a font in a quadratic cell size, e.g. for X: >
3865 :set guifont=-*-clean-medium-r-*-*-8-*-*-*-*-80-*
3866
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003867
3868YAML *yaml.vim* *ft-yaml-syntax*
3869
3870 *g:yaml_schema* *b:yaml_schema*
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003871A YAML schema is a combination of a set of tags and a mechanism for resolving
3872non-specific tags. For user this means that YAML parser may, depending on
3873plain scalar contents, treat plain scalar (which can actually be only string
3874and nothing else) as a value of the other type: null, boolean, floating-point,
3875integer. `g:yaml_schema` option determines according to which schema values
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003876will be highlighted specially. Supported schemas are
3877
3878Schema Description ~
3879failsafe No additional highlighting.
3880json Supports JSON-style numbers, booleans and null.
3881core Supports more number, boolean and null styles.
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003882pyyaml In addition to core schema supports highlighting timestamps,
3883 but there are some differences in what is recognized as
3884 numbers and many additional boolean values not present in core
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003885 schema.
3886
3887Default schema is `core`.
3888
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003889Note that schemas are not actually limited to plain scalars, but this is the
3890only difference between schemas defined in YAML specification and the only
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003891difference defined in the syntax file.
3892
Bram Moolenaarf3913272016-02-25 00:00:01 +01003893
3894ZSH *zsh.vim* *ft-zsh-syntax*
3895
3896The syntax script for zsh allows for syntax-based folding: >
3897
3898 :let g:zsh_fold_enable = 1
3899
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003900==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010039016. Defining a syntax *:syn-define* *E410*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003902
3903Vim understands three types of syntax items:
3904
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000039051. Keyword
Bram Moolenaar71badf92023-04-22 22:40:14 +01003906 It can only contain keyword characters, according to the characters
3907 specified with |:syn-iskeyword| or the 'iskeyword' option. It cannot
3908 contain other syntax items. It will only match with a complete word (there
3909 are no keyword characters before or after the match). The keyword "if"
3910 would match in "if(a=b)", but not in "ifdef x", because "(" is not a
3911 keyword character and "d" is.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003912
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000039132. Match
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003914 This is a match with a single regexp pattern.
3915
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000039163. Region
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003917 This starts at a match of the "start" regexp pattern and ends with a match
3918 with the "end" regexp pattern. Any other text can appear in between. A
3919 "skip" regexp pattern can be used to avoid matching the "end" pattern.
3920
3921Several syntax ITEMs can be put into one syntax GROUP. For a syntax group
3922you can give highlighting attributes. For example, you could have an item
3923to define a "/* .. */" comment and another one that defines a "// .." comment,
3924and put them both in the "Comment" group. You can then specify that a
3925"Comment" will be in bold font and have a blue color. You are free to make
3926one highlight group for one syntax item, or put all items into one group.
3927This depends on how you want to specify your highlighting attributes. Putting
3928each item in its own group results in having to specify the highlighting
3929for a lot of groups.
3930
3931Note that a syntax group and a highlight group are similar. For a highlight
3932group you will have given highlight attributes. These attributes will be used
3933for the syntax group with the same name.
3934
3935In case more than one item matches at the same position, the one that was
3936defined LAST wins. Thus you can override previously defined syntax items by
3937using an item that matches the same text. But a keyword always goes before a
3938match or region. And a keyword with matching case always goes before a
3939keyword with ignoring case.
3940
3941
3942PRIORITY *:syn-priority*
3943
3944When several syntax items may match, these rules are used:
3945
39461. When multiple Match or Region items start in the same position, the item
3947 defined last has priority.
39482. A Keyword has priority over Match and Region items.
39493. An item that starts in an earlier position has priority over items that
3950 start in later positions.
3951
3952
3953DEFINING CASE *:syn-case* *E390*
3954
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003955:sy[ntax] case [match | ignore]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003956 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will work with
3957 matching case, when using "match", or with ignoring case, when using
3958 "ignore". Note that any items before this are not affected, and all
3959 items until the next ":syntax case" command are affected.
3960
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01003961:sy[ntax] case
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003962 Show either "syntax case match" or "syntax case ignore".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003963
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003964
3965DEFINING FOLDLEVEL *:syn-foldlevel*
3966
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003967:sy[ntax] foldlevel start
3968:sy[ntax] foldlevel minimum
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003969 This defines how the foldlevel of a line is computed when using
3970 foldmethod=syntax (see |fold-syntax| and |:syn-fold|):
3971
3972 start: Use level of item containing start of line.
3973 minimum: Use lowest local-minimum level of items on line.
3974
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003975 The default is "start". Use "minimum" to search a line horizontally
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003976 for the lowest level contained on the line that is followed by a
3977 higher level. This produces more natural folds when syntax items
3978 may close and open horizontally within a line.
3979
3980:sy[ntax] foldlevel
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003981 Show the current foldlevel method, either "syntax foldlevel start" or
3982 "syntax foldlevel minimum".
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003983
3984 {not meaningful when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
3985
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003986SPELL CHECKING *:syn-spell*
3987
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003988:sy[ntax] spell toplevel
3989:sy[ntax] spell notoplevel
3990:sy[ntax] spell default
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003991 This defines where spell checking is to be done for text that is not
3992 in a syntax item:
3993
3994 toplevel: Text is spell checked.
3995 notoplevel: Text is not spell checked.
3996 default: When there is a @Spell cluster no spell checking.
3997
3998 For text in syntax items use the @Spell and @NoSpell clusters
3999 |spell-syntax|. When there is no @Spell and no @NoSpell cluster then
4000 spell checking is done for "default" and "toplevel".
4001
4002 To activate spell checking the 'spell' option must be set.
4003
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004004:sy[ntax] spell
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004005 Show the current syntax spell checking method, either "syntax spell
4006 toplevel", "syntax spell notoplevel" or "syntax spell default".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004007
4008
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004009SYNTAX ISKEYWORD SETTING *:syn-iskeyword*
4010
4011:sy[ntax] iskeyword [clear | {option}]
4012 This defines the keyword characters. It's like the 'iskeyword' option
4013 for but only applies to syntax highlighting.
4014
4015 clear: Syntax specific iskeyword setting is disabled and the
4016 buffer-local 'iskeyword' setting is used.
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00004017 {option} Set the syntax 'iskeyword' option to a new value.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004018
4019 Example: >
4020 :syntax iskeyword @,48-57,192-255,$,_
4021<
4022 This would set the syntax specific iskeyword option to include all
4023 alphabetic characters, plus the numeric characters, all accented
4024 characters and also includes the "_" and the "$".
4025
4026 If no argument is given, the current value will be output.
4027
4028 Setting this option influences what |/\k| matches in syntax patterns
Bram Moolenaar298b4402016-01-28 22:38:53 +01004029 and also determines where |:syn-keyword| will be checked for a new
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004030 match.
4031
Bram Moolenaard0796902016-09-16 20:02:31 +02004032 It is recommended when writing syntax files, to use this command to
4033 set the correct value for the specific syntax language and not change
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004034 the 'iskeyword' option.
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004035
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004036DEFINING KEYWORDS *:syn-keyword*
4037
4038:sy[ntax] keyword {group-name} [{options}] {keyword} .. [{options}]
4039
4040 This defines a number of keywords.
4041
4042 {group-name} Is a syntax group name such as "Comment".
4043 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4044 {keyword} .. Is a list of keywords which are part of this group.
4045
4046 Example: >
4047 :syntax keyword Type int long char
4048<
4049 The {options} can be given anywhere in the line. They will apply to
4050 all keywords given, also for options that come after a keyword.
4051 These examples do exactly the same: >
4052 :syntax keyword Type contained int long char
4053 :syntax keyword Type int long contained char
4054 :syntax keyword Type int long char contained
Bram Moolenaar88774fd2015-08-25 19:52:04 +02004055< *E789* *E890*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004056 When you have a keyword with an optional tail, like Ex commands in
4057 Vim, you can put the optional characters inside [], to define all the
4058 variations at once: >
4059 :syntax keyword vimCommand ab[breviate] n[ext]
4060<
4061 Don't forget that a keyword can only be recognized if all the
4062 characters are included in the 'iskeyword' option. If one character
4063 isn't, the keyword will never be recognized.
4064 Multi-byte characters can also be used. These do not have to be in
4065 'iskeyword'.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004066 See |:syn-iskeyword| for defining syntax specific iskeyword settings.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004067
4068 A keyword always has higher priority than a match or region, the
4069 keyword is used if more than one item matches. Keywords do not nest
4070 and a keyword can't contain anything else.
4071
4072 Note that when you have a keyword that is the same as an option (even
4073 one that isn't allowed here), you can not use it. Use a match
4074 instead.
4075
4076 The maximum length of a keyword is 80 characters.
4077
4078 The same keyword can be defined multiple times, when its containment
4079 differs. For example, you can define the keyword once not contained
4080 and use one highlight group, and once contained, and use a different
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004081 highlight group. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004082 :syn keyword vimCommand tag
4083 :syn keyword vimSetting contained tag
4084< When finding "tag" outside of any syntax item, the "vimCommand"
4085 highlight group is used. When finding "tag" in a syntax item that
4086 contains "vimSetting", the "vimSetting" group is used.
4087
4088
4089DEFINING MATCHES *:syn-match*
4090
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02004091:sy[ntax] match {group-name} [{options}]
4092 [excludenl]
4093 [keepend]
4094 {pattern}
4095 [{options}]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004096
4097 This defines one match.
4098
4099 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
4100 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4101 [excludenl] Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
4102 extend a containing match or region. Must be
4103 given before the pattern. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02004104 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
4105 match with the end pattern. See
4106 |:syn-keepend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004107 {pattern} The search pattern that defines the match.
4108 See |:syn-pattern| below.
4109 Note that the pattern may match more than one
4110 line, which makes the match depend on where
4111 Vim starts searching for the pattern. You
4112 need to make sure syncing takes care of this.
4113
4114 Example (match a character constant): >
4115 :syntax match Character /'.'/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4116<
4117
4118DEFINING REGIONS *:syn-region* *:syn-start* *:syn-skip* *:syn-end*
4119 *E398* *E399*
4120:sy[ntax] region {group-name} [{options}]
4121 [matchgroup={group-name}]
4122 [keepend]
4123 [extend]
4124 [excludenl]
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004125 start={start-pattern} ..
4126 [skip={skip-pattern}]
4127 end={end-pattern} ..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004128 [{options}]
4129
4130 This defines one region. It may span several lines.
4131
4132 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
4133 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4134 [matchgroup={group-name}] The syntax group to use for the following
4135 start or end pattern matches only. Not used
4136 for the text in between the matched start and
4137 end patterns. Use NONE to reset to not using
4138 a different group for the start or end match.
4139 See |:syn-matchgroup|.
4140 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
4141 match with the end pattern. See
4142 |:syn-keepend|.
4143 extend Override a "keepend" for an item this region
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004144 is contained in. See |:syn-extend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004145 excludenl Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
4146 extend a containing match or item. Only
4147 useful for end patterns. Must be given before
4148 the patterns it applies to. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004149 start={start-pattern} The search pattern that defines the start of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004150 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004151 skip={skip-pattern} The search pattern that defines text inside
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004152 the region where not to look for the end
4153 pattern. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004154 end={end-pattern} The search pattern that defines the end of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004155 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
4156
4157 Example: >
4158 :syntax region String start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4159<
4160 The start/skip/end patterns and the options can be given in any order.
4161 There can be zero or one skip pattern. There must be one or more
4162 start and end patterns. This means that you can omit the skip
4163 pattern, but you must give at least one start and one end pattern. It
4164 is allowed to have white space before and after the equal sign
4165 (although it mostly looks better without white space).
4166
4167 When more than one start pattern is given, a match with one of these
4168 is sufficient. This means there is an OR relation between the start
4169 patterns. The last one that matches is used. The same is true for
4170 the end patterns.
4171
4172 The search for the end pattern starts right after the start pattern.
4173 Offsets are not used for this. This implies that the match for the
4174 end pattern will never overlap with the start pattern.
4175
4176 The skip and end pattern can match across line breaks, but since the
4177 search for the pattern can start in any line it often does not do what
4178 you want. The skip pattern doesn't avoid a match of an end pattern in
4179 the next line. Use single-line patterns to avoid trouble.
4180
4181 Note: The decision to start a region is only based on a matching start
4182 pattern. There is no check for a matching end pattern. This does NOT
4183 work: >
4184 :syn region First start="(" end=":"
4185 :syn region Second start="(" end=";"
4186< The Second always matches before the First (last defined pattern has
4187 higher priority). The Second region then continues until the next
4188 ';', no matter if there is a ':' before it. Using a match does work: >
4189 :syn match First "(\_.\{-}:"
4190 :syn match Second "(\_.\{-};"
4191< This pattern matches any character or line break with "\_." and
4192 repeats that with "\{-}" (repeat as few as possible).
4193
4194 *:syn-keepend*
4195 By default, a contained match can obscure a match for the end pattern.
4196 This is useful for nesting. For example, a region that starts with
4197 "{" and ends with "}", can contain another region. An encountered "}"
4198 will then end the contained region, but not the outer region:
4199 { starts outer "{}" region
4200 { starts contained "{}" region
4201 } ends contained "{}" region
4202 } ends outer "{} region
4203 If you don't want this, the "keepend" argument will make the matching
4204 of an end pattern of the outer region also end any contained item.
4205 This makes it impossible to nest the same region, but allows for
4206 contained items to highlight parts of the end pattern, without causing
4207 that to skip the match with the end pattern. Example: >
4208 :syn match vimComment +"[^"]\+$+
4209 :syn region vimCommand start="set" end="$" contains=vimComment keepend
4210< The "keepend" makes the vimCommand always end at the end of the line,
4211 even though the contained vimComment includes a match with the <EOL>.
4212
4213 When "keepend" is not used, a match with an end pattern is retried
4214 after each contained match. When "keepend" is included, the first
4215 encountered match with an end pattern is used, truncating any
4216 contained matches.
4217 *:syn-extend*
4218 The "keepend" behavior can be changed by using the "extend" argument.
4219 When an item with "extend" is contained in an item that uses
4220 "keepend", the "keepend" is ignored and the containing region will be
4221 extended.
4222 This can be used to have some contained items extend a region while
4223 others don't. Example: >
4224
4225 :syn region htmlRef start=+<a>+ end=+</a>+ keepend contains=htmlItem,htmlScript
4226 :syn match htmlItem +<[^>]*>+ contained
4227 :syn region htmlScript start=+<script+ end=+</script[^>]*>+ contained extend
4228
4229< Here the htmlItem item does not make the htmlRef item continue
4230 further, it is only used to highlight the <> items. The htmlScript
4231 item does extend the htmlRef item.
4232
4233 Another example: >
4234 :syn region xmlFold start="<a>" end="</a>" fold transparent keepend extend
4235< This defines a region with "keepend", so that its end cannot be
4236 changed by contained items, like when the "</a>" is matched to
4237 highlight it differently. But when the xmlFold region is nested (it
4238 includes itself), the "extend" applies, so that the "</a>" of a nested
4239 region only ends that region, and not the one it is contained in.
4240
4241 *:syn-excludenl*
4242 When a pattern for a match or end pattern of a region includes a '$'
4243 to match the end-of-line, it will make a region item that it is
4244 contained in continue on the next line. For example, a match with
4245 "\\$" (backslash at the end of the line) can make a region continue
4246 that would normally stop at the end of the line. This is the default
4247 behavior. If this is not wanted, there are two ways to avoid it:
4248 1. Use "keepend" for the containing item. This will keep all
4249 contained matches from extending the match or region. It can be
4250 used when all contained items must not extend the containing item.
4251 2. Use "excludenl" in the contained item. This will keep that match
4252 from extending the containing match or region. It can be used if
4253 only some contained items must not extend the containing item.
4254 "excludenl" must be given before the pattern it applies to.
4255
4256 *:syn-matchgroup*
4257 "matchgroup" can be used to highlight the start and/or end pattern
4258 differently than the body of the region. Example: >
4259 :syntax region String matchgroup=Quote start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4260< This will highlight the quotes with the "Quote" group, and the text in
4261 between with the "String" group.
4262 The "matchgroup" is used for all start and end patterns that follow,
4263 until the next "matchgroup". Use "matchgroup=NONE" to go back to not
4264 using a matchgroup.
4265
4266 In a start or end pattern that is highlighted with "matchgroup" the
4267 contained items of the region are not used. This can be used to avoid
4268 that a contained item matches in the start or end pattern match. When
4269 using "transparent", this does not apply to a start or end pattern
4270 match that is highlighted with "matchgroup".
4271
4272 Here is an example, which highlights three levels of parentheses in
4273 different colors: >
4274 :sy region par1 matchgroup=par1 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par2
4275 :sy region par2 matchgroup=par2 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par3 contained
4276 :sy region par3 matchgroup=par3 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par1 contained
4277 :hi par1 ctermfg=red guifg=red
4278 :hi par2 ctermfg=blue guifg=blue
4279 :hi par3 ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004280<
4281 *E849*
4282The maximum number of syntax groups is 19999.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004283
4284==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010042857. :syntax arguments *:syn-arguments*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004286
4287The :syntax commands that define syntax items take a number of arguments.
4288The common ones are explained here. The arguments may be given in any order
4289and may be mixed with patterns.
4290
4291Not all commands accept all arguments. This table shows which arguments
4292can not be used for all commands:
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +02004293 *E395*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004294 contains oneline fold display extend concealends~
4295:syntax keyword - - - - - -
4296:syntax match yes - yes yes yes -
4297:syntax region yes yes yes yes yes yes
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004298
4299These arguments can be used for all three commands:
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004300 conceal
4301 cchar
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004302 contained
4303 containedin
4304 nextgroup
4305 transparent
4306 skipwhite
4307 skipnl
4308 skipempty
4309
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004310conceal *conceal* *:syn-conceal*
4311
4312When the "conceal" argument is given, the item is marked as concealable.
Bram Moolenaar370df582010-06-22 05:16:38 +02004313Whether or not it is actually concealed depends on the value of the
Bram Moolenaarf5963f72010-07-23 22:10:27 +02004314'conceallevel' option. The 'concealcursor' option is used to decide whether
4315concealable items in the current line are displayed unconcealed to be able to
4316edit the line.
Christian Brabandtfe1e2b52024-04-26 18:42:59 +02004317
4318Another way to conceal text is with |matchadd()|, but internally this works a
4319bit differently |syntax-vs-match|.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004320
4321concealends *:syn-concealends*
4322
4323When the "concealends" argument is given, the start and end matches of
4324the region, but not the contents of the region, are marked as concealable.
4325Whether or not they are actually concealed depends on the setting on the
4326'conceallevel' option. The ends of a region can only be concealed separately
Christian Brabandtfe1e2b52024-04-26 18:42:59 +02004327in this way when they have their own highlighting via "matchgroup". The
4328|synconcealed()| function can be used to retrieve information about conealed
4329items.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004330
4331cchar *:syn-cchar*
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004332 *E844*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004333The "cchar" argument defines the character shown in place of the item
4334when it is concealed (setting "cchar" only makes sense when the conceal
4335argument is given.) If "cchar" is not set then the default conceal
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004336character defined in the 'listchars' option is used. The character cannot be
4337a control character such as Tab. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004338 :syntax match Entity "&amp;" conceal cchar=&
Bram Moolenaar9028b102010-07-11 16:58:51 +02004339See |hl-Conceal| for highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004340
4341contained *:syn-contained*
4342
4343When the "contained" argument is given, this item will not be recognized at
4344the top level, but only when it is mentioned in the "contains" field of
4345another match. Example: >
4346 :syntax keyword Todo TODO contained
4347 :syntax match Comment "//.*" contains=Todo
4348
4349
4350display *:syn-display*
4351
4352If the "display" argument is given, this item will be skipped when the
4353detected highlighting will not be displayed. This will speed up highlighting,
4354by skipping this item when only finding the syntax state for the text that is
4355to be displayed.
4356
4357Generally, you can use "display" for match and region items that meet these
4358conditions:
4359- The item does not continue past the end of a line. Example for C: A region
4360 for a "/*" comment can't contain "display", because it continues on the next
4361 line.
4362- The item does not contain items that continue past the end of the line or
4363 make it continue on the next line.
4364- The item does not change the size of any item it is contained in. Example
4365 for C: A match with "\\$" in a preprocessor match can't have "display",
4366 because it may make that preprocessor match shorter.
4367- The item does not allow other items to match that didn't match otherwise,
4368 and that item may extend the match too far. Example for C: A match for a
4369 "//" comment can't use "display", because a "/*" inside that comment would
4370 match then and start a comment which extends past the end of the line.
4371
4372Examples, for the C language, where "display" can be used:
4373- match with a number
4374- match with a label
4375
4376
4377transparent *:syn-transparent*
4378
4379If the "transparent" argument is given, this item will not be highlighted
4380itself, but will take the highlighting of the item it is contained in. This
4381is useful for syntax items that don't need any highlighting but are used
4382only to skip over a part of the text.
4383
4384The "contains=" argument is also inherited from the item it is contained in,
4385unless a "contains" argument is given for the transparent item itself. To
4386avoid that unwanted items are contained, use "contains=NONE". Example, which
4387highlights words in strings, but makes an exception for "vim": >
4388 :syn match myString /'[^']*'/ contains=myWord,myVim
4389 :syn match myWord /\<[a-z]*\>/ contained
4390 :syn match myVim /\<vim\>/ transparent contained contains=NONE
4391 :hi link myString String
4392 :hi link myWord Comment
4393Since the "myVim" match comes after "myWord" it is the preferred match (last
4394match in the same position overrules an earlier one). The "transparent"
4395argument makes the "myVim" match use the same highlighting as "myString". But
4396it does not contain anything. If the "contains=NONE" argument would be left
4397out, then "myVim" would use the contains argument from myString and allow
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02004398"myWord" to be contained, which will be highlighted as a Comment. This
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004399happens because a contained match doesn't match inside itself in the same
4400position, thus the "myVim" match doesn't overrule the "myWord" match here.
4401
4402When you look at the colored text, it is like looking at layers of contained
4403items. The contained item is on top of the item it is contained in, thus you
4404see the contained item. When a contained item is transparent, you can look
4405through, thus you see the item it is contained in. In a picture:
4406
4407 look from here
4408
4409 | | | | | |
4410 V V V V V V
4411
4412 xxxx yyy more contained items
4413 .................... contained item (transparent)
4414 ============================= first item
4415
4416The 'x', 'y' and '=' represent a highlighted syntax item. The '.' represent a
4417transparent group.
4418
4419What you see is:
4420
4421 =======xxxx=======yyy========
4422
4423Thus you look through the transparent "....".
4424
4425
4426oneline *:syn-oneline*
4427
4428The "oneline" argument indicates that the region does not cross a line
4429boundary. It must match completely in the current line. However, when the
4430region has a contained item that does cross a line boundary, it continues on
4431the next line anyway. A contained item can be used to recognize a line
4432continuation pattern. But the "end" pattern must still match in the first
4433line, otherwise the region doesn't even start.
4434
4435When the start pattern includes a "\n" to match an end-of-line, the end
4436pattern must be found in the same line as where the start pattern ends. The
4437end pattern may also include an end-of-line. Thus the "oneline" argument
4438means that the end of the start pattern and the start of the end pattern must
4439be within one line. This can't be changed by a skip pattern that matches a
4440line break.
4441
4442
4443fold *:syn-fold*
4444
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004445The "fold" argument makes the fold level increase by one for this item.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004446Example: >
4447 :syn region myFold start="{" end="}" transparent fold
4448 :syn sync fromstart
4449 :set foldmethod=syntax
4450This will make each {} block form one fold.
4451
4452The fold will start on the line where the item starts, and end where the item
4453ends. If the start and end are within the same line, there is no fold.
4454The 'foldnestmax' option limits the nesting of syntax folds.
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004455See |:syn-foldlevel| to control how the foldlevel of a line is computed
4456from its syntax items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004457{not available when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
4458
4459
4460 *:syn-contains* *E405* *E406* *E407* *E408* *E409*
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004461contains={group-name},..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004462
4463The "contains" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. These
4464groups will be allowed to begin inside the item (they may extend past the
4465containing group's end). This allows for recursive nesting of matches and
4466regions. If there is no "contains" argument, no groups will be contained in
4467this item. The group names do not need to be defined before they can be used
4468here.
4469
4470contains=ALL
4471 If the only item in the contains list is "ALL", then all
4472 groups will be accepted inside the item.
4473
4474contains=ALLBUT,{group-name},..
4475 If the first item in the contains list is "ALLBUT", then all
4476 groups will be accepted inside the item, except the ones that
4477 are listed. Example: >
4478 :syntax region Block start="{" end="}" ... contains=ALLBUT,Function
4479
4480contains=TOP
4481 If the first item in the contains list is "TOP", then all
4482 groups will be accepted that don't have the "contained"
4483 argument.
4484contains=TOP,{group-name},..
4485 Like "TOP", but excluding the groups that are listed.
4486
4487contains=CONTAINED
4488 If the first item in the contains list is "CONTAINED", then
4489 all groups will be accepted that have the "contained"
4490 argument.
4491contains=CONTAINED,{group-name},..
4492 Like "CONTAINED", but excluding the groups that are
4493 listed.
4494
4495
4496The {group-name} in the "contains" list can be a pattern. All group names
4497that match the pattern will be included (or excluded, if "ALLBUT" is used).
4498The pattern cannot contain white space or a ','. Example: >
4499 ... contains=Comment.*,Keyw[0-3]
4500The matching will be done at moment the syntax command is executed. Groups
4501that are defined later will not be matched. Also, if the current syntax
4502command defines a new group, it is not matched. Be careful: When putting
4503syntax commands in a file you can't rely on groups NOT being defined, because
4504the file may have been sourced before, and ":syn clear" doesn't remove the
4505group names.
4506
4507The contained groups will also match in the start and end patterns of a
4508region. If this is not wanted, the "matchgroup" argument can be used
4509|:syn-matchgroup|. The "ms=" and "me=" offsets can be used to change the
4510region where contained items do match. Note that this may also limit the
4511area that is highlighted
4512
4513
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004514containedin={group-name}... *:syn-containedin*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004515
4516The "containedin" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. The
4517item will be allowed to begin inside these groups. This works as if the
4518containing item has a "contains=" argument that includes this item.
4519
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004520The {group-name}... can be used just like for "contains", as explained above.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004521
4522This is useful when adding a syntax item afterwards. An item can be told to
4523be included inside an already existing item, without changing the definition
4524of that item. For example, to highlight a word in a C comment after loading
4525the C syntax: >
4526 :syn keyword myword HELP containedin=cComment contained
4527Note that "contained" is also used, to avoid that the item matches at the top
4528level.
4529
4530Matches for "containedin" are added to the other places where the item can
4531appear. A "contains" argument may also be added as usual. Don't forget that
4532keywords never contain another item, thus adding them to "containedin" won't
4533work.
4534
4535
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004536nextgroup={group-name},.. *:syn-nextgroup*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004537
4538The "nextgroup" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names,
4539separated by commas (just like with "contains", so you can also use patterns).
4540
4541If the "nextgroup" argument is given, the mentioned syntax groups will be
4542tried for a match, after the match or region ends. If none of the groups have
4543a match, highlighting continues normally. If there is a match, this group
4544will be used, even when it is not mentioned in the "contains" field of the
4545current group. This is like giving the mentioned group priority over all
4546other groups. Example: >
4547 :syntax match ccFoobar "Foo.\{-}Bar" contains=ccFoo
4548 :syntax match ccFoo "Foo" contained nextgroup=ccFiller
4549 :syntax region ccFiller start="." matchgroup=ccBar end="Bar" contained
4550
4551This will highlight "Foo" and "Bar" differently, and only when there is a
4552"Bar" after "Foo". In the text line below, "f" shows where ccFoo is used for
4553highlighting, and "bbb" where ccBar is used. >
4554
4555 Foo asdfasd Bar asdf Foo asdf Bar asdf
4556 fff bbb fff bbb
4557
4558Note the use of ".\{-}" to skip as little as possible until the next Bar.
4559when ".*" would be used, the "asdf" in between "Bar" and "Foo" would be
4560highlighted according to the "ccFoobar" group, because the ccFooBar match
4561would include the first "Foo" and the last "Bar" in the line (see |pattern|).
4562
4563
4564skipwhite *:syn-skipwhite*
4565skipnl *:syn-skipnl*
4566skipempty *:syn-skipempty*
4567
4568These arguments are only used in combination with "nextgroup". They can be
4569used to allow the next group to match after skipping some text:
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00004570 skipwhite skip over space and tab characters
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004571 skipnl skip over the end of a line
4572 skipempty skip over empty lines (implies a "skipnl")
4573
4574When "skipwhite" is present, the white space is only skipped if there is no
4575next group that matches the white space.
4576
4577When "skipnl" is present, the match with nextgroup may be found in the next
4578line. This only happens when the current item ends at the end of the current
4579line! When "skipnl" is not present, the nextgroup will only be found after
4580the current item in the same line.
4581
4582When skipping text while looking for a next group, the matches for other
4583groups are ignored. Only when no next group matches, other items are tried
4584for a match again. This means that matching a next group and skipping white
4585space and <EOL>s has a higher priority than other items.
4586
4587Example: >
4588 :syn match ifstart "\<if.*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty
4589 :syn match ifline "[^ \t].*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty contained
4590 :syn match ifline "endif" contained
4591Note that the "[^ \t].*" match matches all non-white text. Thus it would also
4592match "endif". Therefore the "endif" match is put last, so that it takes
4593precedence.
4594Note that this example doesn't work for nested "if"s. You need to add
4595"contains" arguments to make that work (omitted for simplicity of the
4596example).
4597
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004598IMPLICIT CONCEAL *:syn-conceal-implicit*
4599
4600:sy[ntax] conceal [on|off]
4601 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will define keywords,
4602 matches or regions with the "conceal" flag set. After ":syn conceal
4603 on", all subsequent ":syn keyword", ":syn match" or ":syn region"
4604 defined will have the "conceal" flag set implicitly. ":syn conceal
4605 off" returns to the normal state where the "conceal" flag must be
4606 given explicitly.
4607
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004608:sy[ntax] conceal
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004609 Show either "syntax conceal on" or "syntax conceal off".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004610
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004611==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010046128. Syntax patterns *:syn-pattern* *E401* *E402*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004613
4614In the syntax commands, a pattern must be surrounded by two identical
4615characters. This is like it works for the ":s" command. The most common to
4616use is the double quote. But if the pattern contains a double quote, you can
4617use another character that is not used in the pattern. Examples: >
4618 :syntax region Comment start="/\*" end="\*/"
4619 :syntax region String start=+"+ end=+"+ skip=+\\"+
4620
4621See |pattern| for the explanation of what a pattern is. Syntax patterns are
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004622always interpreted like the 'magic' option is set, no matter what the actual
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004623value of 'magic' is. And the patterns are interpreted like the 'l' flag is
4624not included in 'cpoptions'. This was done to make syntax files portable and
4625independent of 'compatible' and 'magic' settings.
4626
4627Try to avoid patterns that can match an empty string, such as "[a-z]*".
4628This slows down the highlighting a lot, because it matches everywhere.
4629
4630 *:syn-pattern-offset*
4631The pattern can be followed by a character offset. This can be used to
4632change the highlighted part, and to change the text area included in the
4633match or region (which only matters when trying to match other items). Both
4634are relative to the matched pattern. The character offset for a skip
4635pattern can be used to tell where to continue looking for an end pattern.
4636
4637The offset takes the form of "{what}={offset}"
4638The {what} can be one of seven strings:
4639
4640ms Match Start offset for the start of the matched text
4641me Match End offset for the end of the matched text
4642hs Highlight Start offset for where the highlighting starts
4643he Highlight End offset for where the highlighting ends
4644rs Region Start offset for where the body of a region starts
4645re Region End offset for where the body of a region ends
4646lc Leading Context offset past "leading context" of pattern
4647
4648The {offset} can be:
4649
4650s start of the matched pattern
4651s+{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4652s-{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
4653e end of the matched pattern
4654e+{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4655e-{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
Bram Moolenaarac7bd632013-03-19 11:35:58 +01004656{nr} (for "lc" only): start matching {nr} chars right of the start
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004657
4658Examples: "ms=s+1", "hs=e-2", "lc=3".
4659
4660Although all offsets are accepted after any pattern, they are not always
4661meaningful. This table shows which offsets are actually used:
4662
4663 ms me hs he rs re lc ~
4664match item yes yes yes yes - - yes
4665region item start yes - yes - yes - yes
4666region item skip - yes - - - - yes
4667region item end - yes - yes - yes yes
4668
4669Offsets can be concatenated, with a ',' in between. Example: >
4670 :syn match String /"[^"]*"/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4671<
4672 some "string" text
4673 ^^^^^^ highlighted
4674
4675Notes:
4676- There must be no white space between the pattern and the character
4677 offset(s).
4678- The highlighted area will never be outside of the matched text.
4679- A negative offset for an end pattern may not always work, because the end
4680 pattern may be detected when the highlighting should already have stopped.
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004681- Before Vim 7.2 the offsets were counted in bytes instead of characters.
Bram Moolenaar207f0092020-08-30 17:20:20 +02004682 This didn't work well for multibyte characters, so it was changed with the
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004683 Vim 7.2 release.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004684- The start of a match cannot be in a line other than where the pattern
4685 matched. This doesn't work: "a\nb"ms=e. You can make the highlighting
4686 start in another line, this does work: "a\nb"hs=e.
4687
4688Example (match a comment but don't highlight the /* and */): >
4689 :syntax region Comment start="/\*"hs=e+1 end="\*/"he=s-1
4690<
4691 /* this is a comment */
4692 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ highlighted
4693
4694A more complicated Example: >
4695 :syn region Exa matchgroup=Foo start="foo"hs=s+2,rs=e+2 matchgroup=Bar end="bar"me=e-1,he=e-1,re=s-1
4696<
4697 abcfoostringbarabc
4698 mmmmmmmmmmm match
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00004699 sssrrreee highlight start/region/end ("Foo", "Exa" and "Bar")
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004700
4701Leading context *:syn-lc* *:syn-leading* *:syn-context*
4702
4703Note: This is an obsolete feature, only included for backwards compatibility
4704with previous Vim versions. It's now recommended to use the |/\@<=| construct
Bram Moolenaar1588bc82022-03-08 21:35:07 +00004705in the pattern. You can also often use |/\zs|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004706
4707The "lc" offset specifies leading context -- a part of the pattern that must
4708be present, but is not considered part of the match. An offset of "lc=n" will
4709cause Vim to step back n columns before attempting the pattern match, allowing
4710characters which have already been matched in previous patterns to also be
4711used as leading context for this match. This can be used, for instance, to
4712specify that an "escaping" character must not precede the match: >
4713
4714 :syn match ZNoBackslash "[^\\]z"ms=s+1
4715 :syn match WNoBackslash "[^\\]w"lc=1
4716 :syn match Underline "_\+"
4717<
4718 ___zzzz ___wwww
4719 ^^^ ^^^ matches Underline
4720 ^ ^ matches ZNoBackslash
4721 ^^^^ matches WNoBackslash
4722
4723The "ms" offset is automatically set to the same value as the "lc" offset,
4724unless you set "ms" explicitly.
4725
4726
4727Multi-line patterns *:syn-multi-line*
4728
4729The patterns can include "\n" to match an end-of-line. Mostly this works as
4730expected, but there are a few exceptions.
4731
4732When using a start pattern with an offset, the start of the match is not
4733allowed to start in a following line. The highlighting can start in a
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004734following line though. Using the "\zs" item also requires that the start of
4735the match doesn't move to another line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004736
4737The skip pattern can include the "\n", but the search for an end pattern will
4738continue in the first character of the next line, also when that character is
4739matched by the skip pattern. This is because redrawing may start in any line
4740halfway a region and there is no check if the skip pattern started in a
4741previous line. For example, if the skip pattern is "a\nb" and an end pattern
4742is "b", the end pattern does match in the second line of this: >
4743 x x a
4744 b x x
4745Generally this means that the skip pattern should not match any characters
4746after the "\n".
4747
4748
4749External matches *:syn-ext-match*
4750
4751These extra regular expression items are available in region patterns:
4752
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02004753 */\z(* */\z(\)* *E50* *E52* *E879*
Bram Moolenaara3e6bc92013-01-30 14:18:00 +01004754 \z(\) Marks the sub-expression as "external", meaning that it can be
4755 accessed from another pattern match. Currently only usable in
4756 defining a syntax region start pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004757
4758 */\z1* */\z2* */\z3* */\z4* */\z5*
4759 \z1 ... \z9 */\z6* */\z7* */\z8* */\z9* *E66* *E67*
4760 Matches the same string that was matched by the corresponding
4761 sub-expression in a previous start pattern match.
4762
4763Sometimes the start and end patterns of a region need to share a common
4764sub-expression. A common example is the "here" document in Perl and many Unix
4765shells. This effect can be achieved with the "\z" special regular expression
4766items, which marks a sub-expression as "external", in the sense that it can be
4767referenced from outside the pattern in which it is defined. The here-document
4768example, for instance, can be done like this: >
4769 :syn region hereDoc start="<<\z(\I\i*\)" end="^\z1$"
4770
4771As can be seen here, the \z actually does double duty. In the start pattern,
4772it marks the "\(\I\i*\)" sub-expression as external; in the end pattern, it
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01004773changes the \z1 back-reference into an external reference referring to the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004774first external sub-expression in the start pattern. External references can
4775also be used in skip patterns: >
Bram Moolenaarfa3b7232021-12-24 13:18:38 +00004776 :syn region foo start="start \z(\I\i*\)" skip="not end \z1" end="end \z1"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004777
4778Note that normal and external sub-expressions are completely orthogonal and
4779indexed separately; for instance, if the pattern "\z(..\)\(..\)" is applied
4780to the string "aabb", then \1 will refer to "bb" and \z1 will refer to "aa".
4781Note also that external sub-expressions cannot be accessed as back-references
4782within the same pattern like normal sub-expressions. If you want to use one
4783sub-expression as both a normal and an external sub-expression, you can nest
4784the two, as in "\(\z(...\)\)".
4785
4786Note that only matches within a single line can be used. Multi-line matches
4787cannot be referred to.
4788
4789==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010047909. Syntax clusters *:syn-cluster* *E400*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004791
4792:sy[ntax] cluster {cluster-name} [contains={group-name}..]
4793 [add={group-name}..]
4794 [remove={group-name}..]
4795
4796This command allows you to cluster a list of syntax groups together under a
4797single name.
4798
4799 contains={group-name}..
4800 The cluster is set to the specified list of groups.
4801 add={group-name}..
4802 The specified groups are added to the cluster.
4803 remove={group-name}..
4804 The specified groups are removed from the cluster.
4805
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004806A cluster so defined may be referred to in a contains=.., containedin=..,
4807nextgroup=.., add=.. or remove=.. list with a "@" prefix. You can also use
4808this notation to implicitly declare a cluster before specifying its contents.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004809
4810Example: >
4811 :syntax match Thing "# [^#]\+ #" contains=@ThingMembers
4812 :syntax cluster ThingMembers contains=ThingMember1,ThingMember2
4813
4814As the previous example suggests, modifications to a cluster are effectively
4815retroactive; the membership of the cluster is checked at the last minute, so
4816to speak: >
4817 :syntax keyword A aaa
4818 :syntax keyword B bbb
4819 :syntax cluster AandB contains=A
4820 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@AandB
4821 :syntax cluster AandB add=B " now both keywords are matched in Stuff
4822
4823This also has implications for nested clusters: >
4824 :syntax keyword A aaa
4825 :syntax keyword B bbb
4826 :syntax cluster SmallGroup contains=B
4827 :syntax cluster BigGroup contains=A,@SmallGroup
4828 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@BigGroup
4829 :syntax cluster BigGroup remove=B " no effect, since B isn't in BigGroup
4830 :syntax cluster SmallGroup remove=B " now bbb isn't matched within Stuff
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004831<
4832 *E848*
4833The maximum number of clusters is 9767.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004834
4835==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100483610. Including syntax files *:syn-include* *E397*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004837
4838It is often useful for one language's syntax file to include a syntax file for
4839a related language. Depending on the exact relationship, this can be done in
4840two different ways:
4841
4842 - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
4843 allowed at the top level in the including syntax, you can simply use
4844 the |:runtime| command: >
4845
4846 " In cpp.vim:
4847 :runtime! syntax/c.vim
4848 :unlet b:current_syntax
4849
4850< - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
4851 contained within a region in the including syntax, you can use the
4852 ":syntax include" command:
4853
4854:sy[ntax] include [@{grouplist-name}] {file-name}
4855
4856 All syntax items declared in the included file will have the
4857 "contained" flag added. In addition, if a group list is specified,
4858 all top-level syntax items in the included file will be added to
4859 that list. >
4860
4861 " In perl.vim:
4862 :syntax include @Pod <sfile>:p:h/pod.vim
4863 :syntax region perlPOD start="^=head" end="^=cut" contains=@Pod
4864<
4865 When {file-name} is an absolute path (starts with "/", "c:", "$VAR"
4866 or "<sfile>") that file is sourced. When it is a relative path
4867 (e.g., "syntax/pod.vim") the file is searched for in 'runtimepath'.
4868 All matching files are loaded. Using a relative path is
4869 recommended, because it allows a user to replace the included file
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +01004870 with their own version, without replacing the file that does the
4871 ":syn include".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004872
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004873 *E847*
4874The maximum number of includes is 999.
4875
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004876==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100487711. Synchronizing *:syn-sync* *E403* *E404*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004878
4879Vim wants to be able to start redrawing in any position in the document. To
4880make this possible it needs to know the syntax state at the position where
4881redrawing starts.
4882
4883:sy[ntax] sync [ccomment [group-name] | minlines={N} | ...]
4884
4885There are four ways to synchronize:
48861. Always parse from the start of the file.
4887 |:syn-sync-first|
48882. Based on C-style comments. Vim understands how C-comments work and can
4889 figure out if the current line starts inside or outside a comment.
4890 |:syn-sync-second|
48913. Jumping back a certain number of lines and start parsing there.
4892 |:syn-sync-third|
48934. Searching backwards in the text for a pattern to sync on.
4894 |:syn-sync-fourth|
4895
4896 *:syn-sync-maxlines* *:syn-sync-minlines*
4897For the last three methods, the line range where the parsing can start is
4898limited by "minlines" and "maxlines".
4899
4900If the "minlines={N}" argument is given, the parsing always starts at least
4901that many lines backwards. This can be used if the parsing may take a few
4902lines before it's correct, or when it's not possible to use syncing.
4903
4904If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given, the number of lines that are searched
4905for a comment or syncing pattern is restricted to N lines backwards (after
4906adding "minlines"). This is useful if you have few things to sync on and a
4907slow machine. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar2b8388b2015-02-28 13:11:45 +01004908 :syntax sync maxlines=500 ccomment
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004909<
4910 *:syn-sync-linebreaks*
4911When using a pattern that matches multiple lines, a change in one line may
4912cause a pattern to no longer match in a previous line. This means has to
4913start above where the change was made. How many lines can be specified with
4914the "linebreaks" argument. For example, when a pattern may include one line
4915break use this: >
4916 :syntax sync linebreaks=1
4917The result is that redrawing always starts at least one line before where a
4918change was made. The default value for "linebreaks" is zero. Usually the
4919value for "minlines" is bigger than "linebreaks".
4920
4921
4922First syncing method: *:syn-sync-first*
4923>
4924 :syntax sync fromstart
4925
4926The file will be parsed from the start. This makes syntax highlighting
4927accurate, but can be slow for long files. Vim caches previously parsed text,
4928so that it's only slow when parsing the text for the first time. However,
Bram Moolenaarf1568ec2011-12-14 21:17:39 +01004929when making changes some part of the text needs to be parsed again (worst
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004930case: to the end of the file).
4931
4932Using "fromstart" is equivalent to using "minlines" with a very large number.
4933
4934
4935Second syncing method: *:syn-sync-second* *:syn-sync-ccomment*
4936
4937For the second method, only the "ccomment" argument needs to be given.
4938Example: >
4939 :syntax sync ccomment
4940
4941When Vim finds that the line where displaying starts is inside a C-style
4942comment, the last region syntax item with the group-name "Comment" will be
4943used. This requires that there is a region with the group-name "Comment"!
4944An alternate group name can be specified, for example: >
4945 :syntax sync ccomment javaComment
4946This means that the last item specified with "syn region javaComment" will be
4947used for the detected C comment region. This only works properly if that
4948region does have a start pattern "\/*" and an end pattern "*\/".
4949
4950The "maxlines" argument can be used to restrict the search to a number of
4951lines. The "minlines" argument can be used to at least start a number of
4952lines back (e.g., for when there is some construct that only takes a few
4953lines, but it hard to sync on).
4954
4955Note: Syncing on a C comment doesn't work properly when strings are used
4956that cross a line and contain a "*/". Since letting strings cross a line
4957is a bad programming habit (many compilers give a warning message), and the
4958chance of a "*/" appearing inside a comment is very small, this restriction
4959is hardly ever noticed.
4960
4961
4962Third syncing method: *:syn-sync-third*
4963
4964For the third method, only the "minlines={N}" argument needs to be given.
4965Vim will subtract {N} from the line number and start parsing there. This
4966means {N} extra lines need to be parsed, which makes this method a bit slower.
4967Example: >
4968 :syntax sync minlines=50
4969
4970"lines" is equivalent to "minlines" (used by older versions).
4971
4972
4973Fourth syncing method: *:syn-sync-fourth*
4974
4975The idea is to synchronize on the end of a few specific regions, called a
4976sync pattern. Only regions can cross lines, so when we find the end of some
4977region, we might be able to know in which syntax item we are. The search
4978starts in the line just above the one where redrawing starts. From there
4979the search continues backwards in the file.
4980
4981This works just like the non-syncing syntax items. You can use contained
4982matches, nextgroup, etc. But there are a few differences:
4983- Keywords cannot be used.
4984- The syntax items with the "sync" keyword form a completely separated group
4985 of syntax items. You can't mix syncing groups and non-syncing groups.
4986- The matching works backwards in the buffer (line by line), instead of
4987 forwards.
4988- A line continuation pattern can be given. It is used to decide which group
4989 of lines need to be searched like they were one line. This means that the
4990 search for a match with the specified items starts in the first of the
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01004991 consecutive lines that contain the continuation pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004992- When using "nextgroup" or "contains", this only works within one line (or
4993 group of continued lines).
4994- When using a region, it must start and end in the same line (or group of
4995 continued lines). Otherwise the end is assumed to be at the end of the
4996 line (or group of continued lines).
4997- When a match with a sync pattern is found, the rest of the line (or group of
4998 continued lines) is searched for another match. The last match is used.
4999 This is used when a line can contain both the start end the end of a region
5000 (e.g., in a C-comment like /* this */, the last "*/" is used).
5001
5002There are two ways how a match with a sync pattern can be used:
50031. Parsing for highlighting starts where redrawing starts (and where the
5004 search for the sync pattern started). The syntax group that is expected
5005 to be valid there must be specified. This works well when the regions
5006 that cross lines cannot contain other regions.
50072. Parsing for highlighting continues just after the match. The syntax group
5008 that is expected to be present just after the match must be specified.
5009 This can be used when the previous method doesn't work well. It's much
5010 slower, because more text needs to be parsed.
5011Both types of sync patterns can be used at the same time.
5012
5013Besides the sync patterns, other matches and regions can be specified, to
5014avoid finding unwanted matches.
5015
5016[The reason that the sync patterns are given separately, is that mostly the
5017search for the sync point can be much simpler than figuring out the
5018highlighting. The reduced number of patterns means it will go (much)
5019faster.]
5020
5021 *syn-sync-grouphere* *E393* *E394*
5022 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} grouphere {group-name} "pattern" ..
5023
5024 Define a match that is used for syncing. {group-name} is the
5025 name of a syntax group that follows just after the match. Parsing
5026 of the text for highlighting starts just after the match. A region
5027 must exist for this {group-name}. The first one defined will be used.
5028 "NONE" can be used for when there is no syntax group after the match.
5029
5030 *syn-sync-groupthere*
5031 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} groupthere {group-name} "pattern" ..
5032
5033 Like "grouphere", but {group-name} is the name of a syntax group that
5034 is to be used at the start of the line where searching for the sync
5035 point started. The text between the match and the start of the sync
5036 pattern searching is assumed not to change the syntax highlighting.
5037 For example, in C you could search backwards for "/*" and "*/". If
5038 "/*" is found first, you know that you are inside a comment, so the
5039 "groupthere" is "cComment". If "*/" is found first, you know that you
5040 are not in a comment, so the "groupthere" is "NONE". (in practice
5041 it's a bit more complicated, because the "/*" and "*/" could appear
5042 inside a string. That's left as an exercise to the reader...).
5043
5044 :syntax sync match ..
5045 :syntax sync region ..
5046
5047 Without a "groupthere" argument. Define a region or match that is
5048 skipped while searching for a sync point.
5049
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005050 *syn-sync-linecont*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005051 :syntax sync linecont {pattern}
5052
5053 When {pattern} matches in a line, it is considered to continue in
5054 the next line. This means that the search for a sync point will
5055 consider the lines to be concatenated.
5056
5057If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given too, the number of lines that are
5058searched for a match is restricted to N. This is useful if you have very
5059few things to sync on and a slow machine. Example: >
5060 :syntax sync maxlines=100
5061
5062You can clear all sync settings with: >
5063 :syntax sync clear
5064
5065You can clear specific sync patterns with: >
5066 :syntax sync clear {sync-group-name} ..
5067
5068==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100506912. Listing syntax items *:syntax* *:sy* *:syn* *:syn-list*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005070
Bram Moolenaar482aaeb2005-09-29 18:26:07 +00005071This command lists all the syntax items: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005072
5073 :sy[ntax] [list]
5074
5075To show the syntax items for one syntax group: >
5076
5077 :sy[ntax] list {group-name}
5078
Bram Moolenaar24ea3ba2010-09-19 19:01:21 +02005079To list the syntax groups in one cluster: *E392* >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005080
5081 :sy[ntax] list @{cluster-name}
5082
5083See above for other arguments for the ":syntax" command.
5084
5085Note that the ":syntax" command can be abbreviated to ":sy", although ":syn"
5086is mostly used, because it looks better.
5087
5088==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100508913. Colorschemes *color-schemes*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005090
Bram Moolenaarb7398fe2023-05-14 18:50:25 +01005091In the next section you can find information about individual highlight groups
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005092and how to specify colors for them. Most likely you want to just select a set
5093of colors by using the `:colorscheme` command, for example: >
Bram Moolenaarb59ae592022-11-23 23:46:31 +00005094
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005095 colorscheme pablo
5096<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005097 *:colo* *:colorscheme* *E185*
Bram Moolenaar00a927d2010-05-14 23:24:24 +02005098:colo[rscheme] Output the name of the currently active color scheme.
5099 This is basically the same as >
5100 :echo g:colors_name
5101< In case g:colors_name has not been defined :colo will
5102 output "default". When compiled without the |+eval|
5103 feature it will output "unknown".
5104
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005105:colo[rscheme] {name} Load color scheme {name}. This searches 'runtimepath'
Bram Moolenaarbc488a72013-07-05 21:01:22 +02005106 for the file "colors/{name}.vim". The first one that
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005107 is found is loaded.
Bram Moolenaare18c0b32016-03-20 21:08:34 +01005108 Also searches all plugins in 'packpath', first below
5109 "start" and then under "opt".
5110
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005111 Doesn't work recursively, thus you can't use
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005112 ":colorscheme" in a color scheme script.
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01005113
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005114You have two options for customizing a color scheme. For changing the
5115appearance of specific colors, you can redefine a color name before loading
5116the scheme. The desert scheme uses the khaki color for the cursor. To use a
5117darker variation of the same color: >
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005118
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005119 let v:colornames['khaki'] = '#bdb76b'
5120 colorscheme desert
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005121<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005122For further customization, such as changing |:highlight-link| associations,
5123use another name, e.g. "~/.vim/colors/mine.vim", and use `:runtime` to load
5124the original color scheme: >
5125 runtime colors/evening.vim
5126 hi Statement ctermfg=Blue guifg=Blue
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01005127
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005128Before the color scheme will be loaded all default color list scripts
5129(`colors/lists/default.vim`) will be executed and then the |ColorSchemePre|
5130autocommand event is triggered. After the color scheme has been loaded the
5131|ColorScheme| autocommand event is triggered.
5132
Bram Moolenaare8008642022-08-19 17:15:35 +01005133 *colorscheme-override*
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005134If a color scheme is almost right, you can add modifications on top of it by
5135using the |ColorScheme| autocommand. For example, to remove the background
5136color (can make it transparent in some terminals): >
5137 augroup my_colorschemes
5138 au!
5139 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
5140 augroup END
5141
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01005142Change a couple more colors: >
5143 augroup my_colorschemes
5144 au!
5145 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00005146 \ | highlight Special ctermfg=63
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01005147 \ | highlight Identifier ctermfg=44
5148 augroup END
5149
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005150If you make a lot of changes it might be better to copy the distributed
5151colorscheme to your home directory and change it: >
5152 :!cp $VIMRUNTIME/colors/pablo.vim ~/.vim/colors
5153 :edit ~/.vim/colors/pablo.vim
5154
5155With Vim 9.0 the collection of color schemes was updated and made work in many
5156different terminals. One change was to often define the Normal highlight
5157group to make sure the colors work well. In case you prefer the old version,
5158you can find them here:
5159https://github.com/vim/colorschemes/blob/master/legacy_colors/
5160
5161For info about writing a color scheme file: >
5162 :edit $VIMRUNTIME/colors/README.txt
5163
5164
5165==============================================================================
516614. Highlight command *:highlight* *:hi* *E28* *E411* *E415*
5167
5168There are three types of highlight groups:
5169- The ones used for specific languages. For these the name starts with the
5170 name of the language. Many of these don't have any attributes, but are
5171 linked to a group of the second type.
5172- The ones used for all syntax languages.
5173- The ones used for the 'highlight' option.
5174 *hitest.vim*
5175You can see all the groups currently active with this command: >
5176 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/hitest.vim
5177This will open a new window containing all highlight group names, displayed
5178in their own color.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005179
5180:hi[ghlight] List all the current highlight groups that have
5181 attributes set.
5182
5183:hi[ghlight] {group-name}
5184 List one highlight group.
5185
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005186 *highlight-clear* *:hi-clear*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005187:hi[ghlight] clear Reset all highlighting to the defaults. Removes all
Bram Moolenaarf1dcd142022-12-31 15:30:45 +00005188 highlighting for groups added by the user.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005189 Uses the current value of 'background' to decide which
5190 default colors to use.
Bram Moolenaar213da552020-09-17 19:59:26 +02005191 If there was a default link, restore it. |:hi-link|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005192
5193:hi[ghlight] clear {group-name}
5194:hi[ghlight] {group-name} NONE
5195 Disable the highlighting for one highlight group. It
5196 is _not_ set back to the default colors.
5197
5198:hi[ghlight] [default] {group-name} {key}={arg} ..
5199 Add a highlight group, or change the highlighting for
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005200 an existing group. If a given color name is not
Bram Moolenaar519cc552021-11-16 19:18:26 +00005201 recognized, each `colors/lists/default.vim` found on
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005202 |'runtimepath'| will be loaded.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005203 See |highlight-args| for the {key}={arg} arguments.
5204 See |:highlight-default| for the optional [default]
5205 argument.
5206
5207Normally a highlight group is added once when starting up. This sets the
5208default values for the highlighting. After that, you can use additional
5209highlight commands to change the arguments that you want to set to non-default
5210values. The value "NONE" can be used to switch the value off or go back to
5211the default value.
5212
5213A simple way to change colors is with the |:colorscheme| command. This loads
5214a file with ":highlight" commands such as this: >
5215
5216 :hi Comment gui=bold
5217
5218Note that all settings that are not included remain the same, only the
5219specified field is used, and settings are merged with previous ones. So, the
5220result is like this single command has been used: >
5221 :hi Comment term=bold ctermfg=Cyan guifg=#80a0ff gui=bold
5222<
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005223 *:highlight-verbose*
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005224When listing a highlight group and 'verbose' is non-zero, the listing will
5225also tell where it was last set. Example: >
5226 :verbose hi Comment
5227< Comment xxx term=bold ctermfg=4 guifg=Blue ~
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005228 Last set from /home/mool/vim/vim7/runtime/syntax/syncolor.vim ~
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005229
Bram Moolenaar8aff23a2005-08-19 20:40:30 +00005230When ":hi clear" is used then the script where this command is used will be
5231mentioned for the default values. See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005232
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005233 *highlight-args* *E416* *E417* *E423*
5234There are three types of terminals for highlighting:
5235term a normal terminal (vt100, xterm)
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005236cterm a color terminal (MS-Windows console, color-xterm, these have the "Co"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005237 termcap entry)
5238gui the GUI
5239
5240For each type the highlighting can be given. This makes it possible to use
5241the same syntax file on all terminals, and use the optimal highlighting.
5242
52431. highlight arguments for normal terminals
5244
Bram Moolenaar75c50c42005-06-04 22:06:24 +00005245 *bold* *underline* *undercurl*
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005246 *underdouble* *underdotted*
5247 *underdashed* *inverse* *italic*
5248 *standout* *nocombine* *strikethrough*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005249term={attr-list} *attr-list* *highlight-term* *E418*
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005250 attr-list is a comma-separated list (without spaces) of the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005251 following items (in any order):
5252 bold
5253 underline
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005254 undercurl not always available
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005255 underdouble not always available
5256 underdotted not always available
5257 underdashed not always available
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005258 strikethrough not always available
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005259 reverse
5260 inverse same as reverse
5261 italic
5262 standout
Bram Moolenaar0cd2a942017-08-12 15:12:30 +02005263 nocombine override attributes instead of combining them
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005264 NONE no attributes used (used to reset it)
5265
5266 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5267 have the same effect.
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005268 *underline-codes*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005269 "undercurl" is a curly underline. When "undercurl" is not possible
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005270 then "underline" is used. In general "undercurl" and "strikethrough"
Bram Moolenaaracc22402020-06-07 21:07:18 +02005271 are only available in the GUI and some terminals. The color is set
5272 with |highlight-guisp| or |highlight-ctermul|. You can try these
5273 termcap entries to make undercurl work in a terminal: >
5274 let &t_Cs = "\e[4:3m"
5275 let &t_Ce = "\e[4:0m"
5276
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005277< "underdouble" is a double underline, "underdotted" is a dotted
5278 underline and "underdashed" is a dashed underline. These are only
5279 supported by some terminals. If your terminal supports them you may
5280 have to specify the codes like this: >
5281 let &t_Us = "\e[4:2m"
5282 let &t_ds = "\e[4:4m"
5283 let &t_Ds = "\e[4:5m"
5284< They are reset with |t_Ce|, the same as curly underline (undercurl).
5285 When t_Us, t_ds or t_Ds is not set then underline will be used as a
5286 fallback.
5287
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005288
5289start={term-list} *highlight-start* *E422*
5290stop={term-list} *term-list* *highlight-stop*
5291 These lists of terminal codes can be used to get
5292 non-standard attributes on a terminal.
5293
5294 The escape sequence specified with the "start" argument
5295 is written before the characters in the highlighted
5296 area. It can be anything that you want to send to the
5297 terminal to highlight this area. The escape sequence
5298 specified with the "stop" argument is written after the
5299 highlighted area. This should undo the "start" argument.
5300 Otherwise the screen will look messed up.
5301
5302 The {term-list} can have two forms:
5303
5304 1. A string with escape sequences.
5305 This is any string of characters, except that it can't start with
5306 "t_" and blanks are not allowed. The <> notation is recognized
5307 here, so you can use things like "<Esc>" and "<Space>". Example:
5308 start=<Esc>[27h;<Esc>[<Space>r;
5309
5310 2. A list of terminal codes.
5311 Each terminal code has the form "t_xx", where "xx" is the name of
5312 the termcap entry. The codes have to be separated with commas.
5313 White space is not allowed. Example:
5314 start=t_C1,t_BL
5315 The terminal codes must exist for this to work.
5316
5317
53182. highlight arguments for color terminals
5319
5320cterm={attr-list} *highlight-cterm*
5321 See above for the description of {attr-list} |attr-list|.
5322 The "cterm" argument is likely to be different from "term", when
5323 colors are used. For example, in a normal terminal comments could
5324 be underlined, in a color terminal they can be made Blue.
Bram Moolenaar68e65602019-05-26 21:33:31 +02005325 Note: Some terminals (e.g., DOS console) can't mix these attributes
5326 with coloring. To be portable, use only one of "cterm=" OR "ctermfg="
5327 OR "ctermbg=".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005328
5329ctermfg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermfg* *E421*
5330ctermbg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermbg*
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005331ctermul={color-nr} *highlight-ctermul*
5332 These give the foreground (ctermfg), background (ctermbg) and
5333 underline (ctermul) color to use in the terminal.
5334
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005335 The {color-nr} argument is a color number. Its range is zero to
5336 (not including) the number given by the termcap entry "Co".
5337 The actual color with this number depends on the type of terminal
5338 and its settings. Sometimes the color also depends on the settings of
5339 "cterm". For example, on some systems "cterm=bold ctermfg=3" gives
5340 another color, on others you just get color 3.
5341
5342 For an xterm this depends on your resources, and is a bit
5343 unpredictable. See your xterm documentation for the defaults. The
5344 colors for a color-xterm can be changed from the .Xdefaults file.
5345 Unfortunately this means that it's not possible to get the same colors
5346 for each user. See |xterm-color| for info about color xterms.
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005347 *tmux*
5348 When using tmux you may want to use this in the tmux config: >
5349 # tmux colors
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02005350 set -s default-terminal "tmux-256color"
5351 set -as terminal-overrides ",*-256color:Tc"
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005352< More info at:
5353 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-a-256-colour-terminal
5354 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-rgb-colour
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005355
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005356 The MS-Windows standard colors are fixed (in a console window), so
5357 these have been used for the names. But the meaning of color names in
5358 X11 are fixed, so these color settings have been used, to make the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005359 highlighting settings portable (complicated, isn't it?). The
5360 following names are recognized, with the color number used:
5361
5362 *cterm-colors*
5363 NR-16 NR-8 COLOR NAME ~
5364 0 0 Black
5365 1 4 DarkBlue
5366 2 2 DarkGreen
5367 3 6 DarkCyan
5368 4 1 DarkRed
5369 5 5 DarkMagenta
5370 6 3 Brown, DarkYellow
5371 7 7 LightGray, LightGrey, Gray, Grey
5372 8 0* DarkGray, DarkGrey
5373 9 4* Blue, LightBlue
5374 10 2* Green, LightGreen
5375 11 6* Cyan, LightCyan
5376 12 1* Red, LightRed
5377 13 5* Magenta, LightMagenta
5378 14 3* Yellow, LightYellow
5379 15 7* White
5380
5381 The number under "NR-16" is used for 16-color terminals ('t_Co'
5382 greater than or equal to 16). The number under "NR-8" is used for
5383 8-color terminals ('t_Co' less than 16). The '*' indicates that the
5384 bold attribute is set for ctermfg. In many 8-color terminals (e.g.,
5385 "linux"), this causes the bright colors to appear. This doesn't work
5386 for background colors! Without the '*' the bold attribute is removed.
5387 If you want to set the bold attribute in a different way, put a
5388 "cterm=" argument AFTER the "ctermfg=" or "ctermbg=" argument. Or use
5389 a number instead of a color name.
5390
Christian Brabandt0f4054f2024-02-05 10:30:01 +01005391 The case of the color names is ignored, however Vim will use lower
5392 case color names when reading from the |v:colornames| dictionary.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005393 Note that for 16 color ansi style terminals (including xterms), the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005394 numbers in the NR-8 column is used. Here '*' means 'add 8' so that
5395 Blue is 12, DarkGray is 8 etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005396
5397 Note that for some color terminals these names may result in the wrong
5398 colors!
5399
Bram Moolenaar5837f1f2015-03-21 18:06:14 +01005400 You can also use "NONE" to remove the color.
5401
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005402 *:hi-normal-cterm*
5403 When setting the "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" colors for the Normal group,
5404 these will become the colors used for the non-highlighted text.
5405 Example: >
5406 :highlight Normal ctermfg=grey ctermbg=darkblue
5407< When setting the "ctermbg" color for the Normal group, the
Bram Moolenaar6aa8cea2017-06-05 14:44:35 +02005408 'background' option will be adjusted automatically, under the
5409 condition that the color is recognized and 'background' was not set
5410 explicitly. This causes the highlight groups that depend on
5411 'background' to change! This means you should set the colors for
5412 Normal first, before setting other colors.
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02005413 When a color scheme is being used, changing 'background' causes it to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005414 be reloaded, which may reset all colors (including Normal). First
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005415 delete the "g:colors_name" variable when you don't want this.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005416
5417 When you have set "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" for the Normal group, Vim
5418 needs to reset the color when exiting. This is done with the "op"
5419 termcap entry |t_op|. If this doesn't work correctly, try setting the
5420 't_op' option in your .vimrc.
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005421 *E419* *E420* *E453*
5422 When Vim knows the normal foreground, background and underline colors,
5423 "fg", "bg" and "ul" can be used as color names. This only works after
5424 setting the colors for the Normal group and for the MS-Windows
5425 console. Example, for reverse video: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005426 :highlight Visual ctermfg=bg ctermbg=fg
5427< Note that the colors are used that are valid at the moment this
Bram Moolenaar75e15672020-06-28 13:10:22 +02005428 command is given. If the Normal group colors are changed later, the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005429 "fg" and "bg" colors will not be adjusted.
5430
PMuncha606f3a2023-11-15 15:35:49 +01005431ctermfont={font-nr} *highlight-ctermfont*
5432 This gives the alternative font number to use in the terminal. The
5433 available fonts depend on the terminal, and if the terminal is not set
5434 up for alternative fonts this simply won't do anything. The range of
5435 {font-nr} is 0-10 where 0 resets the font to the default font, 1-9
5436 selects one of the 9 alternate fonts, and 10 selects the Fraktur font.
5437 For more information see your terminal's handling of SGR parameters
5438 10-20. |t_CF|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005439
54403. highlight arguments for the GUI
5441
5442gui={attr-list} *highlight-gui*
5443 These give the attributes to use in the GUI mode.
5444 See |attr-list| for a description.
5445 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5446 have the same effect.
5447 Note that the attributes are ignored for the "Normal" group.
5448
5449font={font-name} *highlight-font*
5450 font-name is the name of a font, as it is used on the system Vim
5451 runs on. For X11 this is a complicated name, for example: >
5452 font=-misc-fixed-bold-r-normal--14-130-75-75-c-70-iso8859-1
5453<
5454 The font-name "NONE" can be used to revert to the default font.
5455 When setting the font for the "Normal" group, this becomes the default
5456 font (until the 'guifont' option is changed; the last one set is
5457 used).
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005458 The following only works with Motif, not with other GUIs:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005459 When setting the font for the "Menu" group, the menus will be changed.
5460 When setting the font for the "Tooltip" group, the tooltips will be
5461 changed.
5462 All fonts used, except for Menu and Tooltip, should be of the same
5463 character size as the default font! Otherwise redrawing problems will
5464 occur.
Bram Moolenaar82af8712016-06-04 20:20:29 +02005465 To use a font name with an embedded space or other special character,
5466 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5467 Example: >
5468 :hi comment font='Monospace 10'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005469
5470guifg={color-name} *highlight-guifg*
5471guibg={color-name} *highlight-guibg*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005472guisp={color-name} *highlight-guisp*
5473 These give the foreground (guifg), background (guibg) and special
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005474 (guisp) color to use in the GUI. "guisp" is used for undercurl and
5475 strikethrough.
Bram Moolenaar7df351e2006-01-23 22:30:28 +00005476 There are a few special names:
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00005477 NONE no color (transparent) *E1361*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005478 bg use normal background color
5479 background use normal background color
5480 fg use normal foreground color
5481 foreground use normal foreground color
5482 To use a color name with an embedded space or other special character,
5483 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5484 Example: >
5485 :hi comment guifg='salmon pink'
5486<
5487 *gui-colors*
5488 Suggested color names (these are available on most systems):
5489 Red LightRed DarkRed
5490 Green LightGreen DarkGreen SeaGreen
5491 Blue LightBlue DarkBlue SlateBlue
5492 Cyan LightCyan DarkCyan
5493 Magenta LightMagenta DarkMagenta
5494 Yellow LightYellow Brown DarkYellow
5495 Gray LightGray DarkGray
5496 Black White
5497 Orange Purple Violet
5498
5499 In the Win32 GUI version, additional system colors are available. See
5500 |win32-colors|.
5501
5502 You can also specify a color by its Red, Green and Blue values.
5503 The format is "#rrggbb", where
5504 "rr" is the Red value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005505 "gg" is the Green value
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005506 "bb" is the Blue value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005507 All values are hexadecimal, range from "00" to "ff". Examples: >
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01005508 :highlight Comment guifg=#11f0c3 guibg=#ff00ff
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005509<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005510 If you are authoring a color scheme and use the same hexadecimal value
Christian Brabandt0f4054f2024-02-05 10:30:01 +01005511 repeatedly, you can define a (lower case) name for it in |v:colornames|.
5512 For example: >
Drew Vogele30d1022021-10-24 20:35:07 +01005513
5514 # provide a default value for this color but allow the user to
5515 # override it.
5516 :call extend(v:colornames, {'alt_turquoise': '#11f0c3'}, 'keep')
5517 :highlight Comment guifg=alt_turquoise guibg=magenta
5518<
5519 If you are using a color scheme that relies on named colors and you
5520 would like to adjust the precise appearance of those colors, you can
5521 do so by overriding the values in |v:colornames| prior to loading the
5522 scheme: >
5523
5524 let v:colornames['alt_turquoise'] = '#22f0d3'
5525 colorscheme alt
5526<
5527 If you want to develop a color list that can be relied on by others,
5528 it is best to prefix your color names. By convention these color lists
5529 are placed in the colors/lists directory. You can see an example in
5530 '$VIMRUNTIME/colors/lists/csscolors.vim'. This list would be sourced
5531 by a color scheme using: >
5532
5533 :runtime colors/lists/csscolors.vim
5534 :highlight Comment guifg=css_turquoise
5535<
5536
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005537 *highlight-groups* *highlight-default*
5538These are the default highlighting groups. These groups are used by the
5539'highlight' option default. Note that the highlighting depends on the value
5540of 'background'. You can see the current settings with the ":highlight"
5541command.
Bram Moolenaard899e512022-05-07 21:54:03 +01005542When possible the name is highlighted in the used colors. If this makes it
5543unreadable use Visual selection.
5544
Bram Moolenaar1a384422010-07-14 19:53:30 +02005545 *hl-ColorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005546ColorColumn Used for the columns set with 'colorcolumn'.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005547 *hl-Conceal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005548Conceal Placeholder characters substituted for concealed
5549 text (see 'conceallevel').
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00005550 *hl-Cursor* *hl-lCursor*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005551Cursor Character under the cursor.
5552lCursor Character under the cursor when |language-mapping|
5553 is used (see 'guicursor').
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005554 *hl-CursorIM*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005555CursorIM Like Cursor, but used when in IME mode. |CursorIM|
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005556 *hl-CursorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005557CursorColumn Screen column that the cursor is in when 'cursorcolumn' is set.
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005558 *hl-CursorLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005559CursorLine Screen line that the cursor is in when 'cursorline' is set.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005560 *hl-Directory*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005561Directory Directory names (and other special names in listings).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005562 *hl-DiffAdd*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005563DiffAdd Diff mode: Added line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005564 *hl-DiffChange*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005565DiffChange Diff mode: Changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005566 *hl-DiffDelete*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005567DiffDelete Diff mode: Deleted line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005568 *hl-DiffText*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005569DiffText Diff mode: Changed text within a changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaardc1f1642016-08-16 18:33:43 +02005570 *hl-EndOfBuffer*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005571EndOfBuffer Filler lines (~) after the last line in the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar58b85342016-08-14 19:54:54 +02005572 By default, this is highlighted like |hl-NonText|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005573 *hl-ErrorMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005574ErrorMsg Error messages on the command line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005575 *hl-VertSplit*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005576VertSplit Column separating vertically split windows.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005577 *hl-Folded*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005578Folded Line used for closed folds.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005579 *hl-FoldColumn*
5580FoldColumn 'foldcolumn'
5581 *hl-SignColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005582SignColumn Column where |signs| are displayed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005583 *hl-IncSearch*
5584IncSearch 'incsearch' highlighting; also used for the text replaced with
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005585 ":s///c".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005586 *hl-LineNr*
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005587LineNr Line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and when 'number'
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02005588 or 'relativenumber' option is set.
Bram Moolenaarefae76a2019-10-27 22:54:58 +01005589 *hl-LineNrAbove*
5590LineNrAbove Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5591 option is set, above the cursor line.
5592 *hl-LineNrBelow*
5593LineNrBelow Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5594 option is set, below the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02005595 *hl-CursorLineNr*
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02005596CursorLineNr Like LineNr when 'cursorline' is set and 'cursorlineopt'
5597 contains "number" or is "both", for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaare413ea02021-11-24 16:20:13 +00005598 *hl-CursorLineFold*
5599CursorLineFold Like FoldColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00005600 *hl-CursorLineSign*
5601CursorLineSign Like SignColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005602 *hl-MatchParen*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005603MatchParen Character under the cursor or just before it, if it
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005604 is a paired bracket, and its match. |pi_paren.txt|
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005605 *hl-MessageWindow*
Bram Moolenaard13166e2022-11-18 21:49:57 +00005606MessageWindow Messages popup window used by `:echowindow`. If not defined
5607 |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005608 *hl-ModeMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005609ModeMsg 'showmode' message (e.g., "-- INSERT --").
Shougo Matsushitabe2b03c2024-04-08 22:11:50 +02005610 *hl-MsgArea*
5611MsgArea Command-line area, also used for outputting messages, see also
5612 'cmdheight'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005613 *hl-MoreMsg*
5614MoreMsg |more-prompt|
5615 *hl-NonText*
Bram Moolenaarf269eab2022-10-03 18:04:35 +01005616NonText '@' at the end of the window, "<<<" at the start of the window
5617 for 'smoothscroll', characters from 'showbreak' and other
5618 characters that do not really exist in the text, such as the
5619 ">" displayed when a double-wide character doesn't fit at the
5620 end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005621 *hl-Normal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005622Normal Normal text.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005623 *hl-Pmenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005624Pmenu Popup menu: Normal item.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005625 *hl-PmenuSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005626PmenuSel Popup menu: Selected item.
Gianmaria Bajo6a7c7742023-03-10 16:35:53 +00005627 *hl-PmenuKind*
5628PmenuKind Popup menu: Normal item "kind".
5629 *hl-PmenuKindSel*
5630PmenuKindSel Popup menu: Selected item "kind".
5631 *hl-PmenuExtra*
5632PmenuExtra Popup menu: Normal item "extra text".
5633 *hl-PmenuExtraSel*
5634PmenuExtraSel Popup menu: Selected item "extra text".
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005635 *hl-PmenuSbar*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005636PmenuSbar Popup menu: Scrollbar.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005637 *hl-PmenuThumb*
5638PmenuThumb Popup menu: Thumb of the scrollbar.
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005639 *hl-PopupNotification*
5640PopupNotification
5641 Popup window created with |popup_notification()|. If not
5642 defined |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005643 *hl-Question*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005644Question |hit-enter| prompt and yes/no questions.
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005645 *hl-QuickFixLine*
5646QuickFixLine Current |quickfix| item in the quickfix window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005647 *hl-Search*
5648Search Last search pattern highlighting (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005649 Also used for similar items that need to stand out.
LemonBoya4399382022-04-09 21:04:08 +01005650 *hl-CurSearch*
5651CurSearch Current match for the last search pattern (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005652 Note: This is correct after a search, but may get outdated if
5653 changes are made or the screen is redrawn.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005654 *hl-SpecialKey*
5655SpecialKey Meta and special keys listed with ":map", also for text used
5656 to show unprintable characters in the text, 'listchars'.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005657 Generally: Text that is displayed differently from what it
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005658 really is.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005659 *hl-SpellBad*
5660SpellBad Word that is not recognized by the spellchecker. |spell|
5661 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar53180ce2005-07-05 21:48:14 +00005662 *hl-SpellCap*
5663SpellCap Word that should start with a capital. |spell|
5664 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005665 *hl-SpellLocal*
5666SpellLocal Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5667 used in another region. |spell|
5668 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
5669 *hl-SpellRare*
5670SpellRare Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5671 hardly ever used. |spell|
5672 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005673 *hl-StatusLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005674StatusLine Status line of current window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005675 *hl-StatusLineNC*
5676StatusLineNC status lines of not-current windows
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005677 Note: If this is equal to "StatusLine", Vim will use "^^^" in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005678 the status line of the current window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005679 *hl-StatusLineTerm*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005680StatusLineTerm Status line of current window, if it is a |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005681 *hl-StatusLineTermNC*
Bram Moolenaar6ba83ba2022-06-12 22:15:57 +01005682StatusLineTermNC Status lines of not-current windows that is a
5683 |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005684 *hl-TabLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005685TabLine Tab pages line, not active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005686 *hl-TabLineFill*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005687TabLineFill Tab pages line, where there are no labels.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005688 *hl-TabLineSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005689TabLineSel Tab pages line, active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaardf980db2017-12-24 13:22:00 +01005690 *hl-Terminal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005691Terminal |terminal| window (see |terminal-size-color|).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005692 *hl-Title*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005693Title Titles for output from ":set all", ":autocmd" etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005694 *hl-Visual*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005695Visual Visual mode selection.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005696 *hl-VisualNOS*
5697VisualNOS Visual mode selection when vim is "Not Owning the Selection".
5698 Only X11 Gui's |gui-x11| and |xterm-clipboard| supports this.
5699 *hl-WarningMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005700WarningMsg Warning messages.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005701 *hl-WildMenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005702WildMenu Current match in 'wildmenu' completion.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005703
Bram Moolenaarf75a9632005-09-13 21:20:47 +00005704 *hl-User1* *hl-User1..9* *hl-User9*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005705The 'statusline' syntax allows the use of 9 different highlights in the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005706statusline and ruler (via 'rulerformat'). The names are User1 to User9.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005707
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00005708For the GUI you can use the following groups to set the colors for the menu,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005709scrollbars and tooltips. They don't have defaults. This doesn't work for the
5710Win32 GUI. Only three highlight arguments have any effect here: font, guibg,
5711and guifg.
5712
5713 *hl-Menu*
5714Menu Current font, background and foreground colors of the menus.
5715 Also used for the toolbar.
5716 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5717
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005718 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005719 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5720 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5721 set.
5722
5723 *hl-Scrollbar*
5724Scrollbar Current background and foreground of the main window's
5725 scrollbars.
5726 Applicable highlight arguments: guibg, guifg.
5727
5728 *hl-Tooltip*
5729Tooltip Current font, background and foreground of the tooltips.
5730 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5731
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005732 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005733 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5734 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5735 set.
5736
5737==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100573815. Linking groups *:hi-link* *:highlight-link* *E412* *E413*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005739
5740When you want to use the same highlighting for several syntax groups, you
5741can do this more easily by linking the groups into one common highlight
5742group, and give the color attributes only for that group.
5743
5744To set a link:
5745
5746 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} {to-group}
5747
5748To remove a link:
5749
5750 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} NONE
5751
5752Notes: *E414*
5753- If the {from-group} and/or {to-group} doesn't exist, it is created. You
5754 don't get an error message for a non-existing group.
5755- As soon as you use a ":highlight" command for a linked group, the link is
5756 removed.
5757- If there are already highlight settings for the {from-group}, the link is
5758 not made, unless the '!' is given. For a ":highlight link" command in a
5759 sourced file, you don't get an error message. This can be used to skip
5760 links for groups that already have settings.
5761
5762 *:hi-default* *:highlight-default*
5763The [default] argument is used for setting the default highlighting for a
5764group. If highlighting has already been specified for the group the command
5765will be ignored. Also when there is an existing link.
5766
5767Using [default] is especially useful to overrule the highlighting of a
5768specific syntax file. For example, the C syntax file contains: >
5769 :highlight default link cComment Comment
5770If you like Question highlighting for C comments, put this in your vimrc file: >
5771 :highlight link cComment Question
5772Without the "default" in the C syntax file, the highlighting would be
5773overruled when the syntax file is loaded.
5774
Bram Moolenaar23515b42020-11-29 14:36:24 +01005775To have a link survive `:highlight clear`, which is useful if you have
5776highlighting for a specific filetype and you want to keep it when selecting
5777another color scheme, put a command like this in the
5778"after/syntax/{filetype}.vim" file: >
5779 highlight! default link cComment Question
5780
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005781==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100578216. Cleaning up *:syn-clear* *E391*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005783
5784If you want to clear the syntax stuff for the current buffer, you can use this
5785command: >
5786 :syntax clear
5787
5788This command should be used when you want to switch off syntax highlighting,
5789or when you want to switch to using another syntax. It's normally not needed
5790in a syntax file itself, because syntax is cleared by the autocommands that
5791load the syntax file.
5792The command also deletes the "b:current_syntax" variable, since no syntax is
5793loaded after this command.
5794
Bram Moolenaar61da1bf2019-06-06 12:14:49 +02005795To clean up specific syntax groups for the current buffer: >
5796 :syntax clear {group-name} ..
5797This removes all patterns and keywords for {group-name}.
5798
5799To clean up specific syntax group lists for the current buffer: >
5800 :syntax clear @{grouplist-name} ..
5801This sets {grouplist-name}'s contents to an empty list.
5802
5803 *:syntax-off* *:syn-off*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005804If you want to disable syntax highlighting for all buffers, you need to remove
5805the autocommands that load the syntax files: >
5806 :syntax off
5807
5808What this command actually does, is executing the command >
5809 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
5810See the "nosyntax.vim" file for details. Note that for this to work
5811$VIMRUNTIME must be valid. See |$VIMRUNTIME|.
5812
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005813 *:syntax-reset* *:syn-reset*
5814If you have changed the colors and messed them up, use this command to get the
5815defaults back: >
5816
5817 :syntax reset
5818
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02005819It is a bit of a wrong name, since it does not reset any syntax items, it only
5820affects the highlighting.
5821
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005822This doesn't change the colors for the 'highlight' option.
5823
5824Note that the syntax colors that you set in your vimrc file will also be reset
5825back to their Vim default.
5826Note that if you are using a color scheme, the colors defined by the color
5827scheme for syntax highlighting will be lost.
5828
5829What this actually does is: >
5830
5831 let g:syntax_cmd = "reset"
5832 runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim
5833
5834Note that this uses the 'runtimepath' option.
5835
5836 *syncolor*
5837If you want to use different colors for syntax highlighting, you can add a Vim
5838script file to set these colors. Put this file in a directory in
5839'runtimepath' which comes after $VIMRUNTIME, so that your settings overrule
5840the default colors. This way these colors will be used after the ":syntax
5841reset" command.
5842
5843For Unix you can use the file ~/.vim/after/syntax/syncolor.vim. Example: >
5844
5845 if &background == "light"
5846 highlight comment ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
5847 else
5848 highlight comment ctermfg=green guifg=green
5849 endif
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005850<
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00005851 *E679*
5852Do make sure this syncolor.vim script does not use a "syntax on", set the
5853'background' option or uses a "colorscheme" command, because it results in an
5854endless loop.
5855
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005856Note that when a color scheme is used, there might be some confusion whether
5857your defined colors are to be used or the colors from the scheme. This
5858depends on the color scheme file. See |:colorscheme|.
5859
5860 *syntax_cmd*
5861The "syntax_cmd" variable is set to one of these values when the
5862syntax/syncolor.vim files are loaded:
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005863 "on" `:syntax on` command. Highlight colors are overruled but
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005864 links are kept
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005865 "enable" `:syntax enable` command. Only define colors for groups that
5866 don't have highlighting yet. Use `:highlight default` .
5867 "reset" `:syntax reset` command or loading a color scheme. Define all
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005868 the colors.
5869 "skip" Don't define colors. Used to skip the default settings when a
5870 syncolor.vim file earlier in 'runtimepath' has already set
5871 them.
5872
5873==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100587417. Highlighting tags *tag-highlight*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005875
5876If you want to highlight all the tags in your file, you can use the following
5877mappings.
5878
5879 <F11> -- Generate tags.vim file, and highlight tags.
5880 <F12> -- Just highlight tags based on existing tags.vim file.
5881>
5882 :map <F11> :sp tags<CR>:%s/^\([^ :]*:\)\=\([^ ]*\).*/syntax keyword Tag \2/<CR>:wq! tags.vim<CR>/^<CR><F12>
5883 :map <F12> :so tags.vim<CR>
5884
5885WARNING: The longer the tags file, the slower this will be, and the more
5886memory Vim will consume.
5887
5888Only highlighting typedefs, unions and structs can be done too. For this you
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00005889must use Universal Ctags (found at https://ctags.io) or Exuberant ctags (found
5890at http://ctags.sf.net).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005891
5892Put these lines in your Makefile:
5893
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00005894# Make a highlight file for types. Requires Universal/Exuberant ctags and awk
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005895types: types.vim
5896types.vim: *.[ch]
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005897 ctags --c-kinds=gstu -o- *.[ch] |\
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005898 awk 'BEGIN{printf("syntax keyword Type\t")}\
5899 {printf("%s ", $$1)}END{print ""}' > $@
5900
5901And put these lines in your .vimrc: >
5902
5903 " load the types.vim highlighting file, if it exists
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00005904 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] let fname = expand('<afile>:p:h') .. '/types.vim'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005905 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] if filereadable(fname)
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00005906 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] exe 'so ' .. fname
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005907 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] endif
5908
5909==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100591018. Window-local syntax *:ownsyntax*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005911
5912Normally all windows on a buffer share the same syntax settings. It is
5913possible, however, to set a particular window on a file to have its own
5914private syntax setting. A possible example would be to edit LaTeX source
5915with conventional highlighting in one window, while seeing the same source
5916highlighted differently (so as to hide control sequences and indicate bold,
5917italic etc regions) in another. The 'scrollbind' option is useful here.
5918
5919To set the current window to have the syntax "foo", separately from all other
5920windows on the buffer: >
5921 :ownsyntax foo
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02005922< *w:current_syntax*
5923This will set the "w:current_syntax" variable to "foo". The value of
5924"b:current_syntax" does not change. This is implemented by saving and
5925restoring "b:current_syntax", since the syntax files do set
5926"b:current_syntax". The value set by the syntax file is assigned to
5927"w:current_syntax".
Bram Moolenaared32d942014-12-06 23:33:00 +01005928Note: This resets the 'spell', 'spellcapcheck' and 'spellfile' options.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005929
5930Once a window has its own syntax, syntax commands executed from other windows
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02005931on the same buffer (including :syntax clear) have no effect. Conversely,
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02005932syntax commands executed from that window do not affect other windows on the
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005933same buffer.
5934
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02005935A window with its own syntax reverts to normal behavior when another buffer
5936is loaded into that window or the file is reloaded.
5937When splitting the window, the new window will use the original syntax.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005938
5939==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100594019. Color xterms *xterm-color* *color-xterm*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005941
5942Most color xterms have only eight colors. If you don't get colors with the
5943default setup, it should work with these lines in your .vimrc: >
5944 :if &term =~ "xterm"
5945 : if has("terminfo")
5946 : set t_Co=8
5947 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%p1%dm
5948 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%p1%dm
5949 : else
5950 : set t_Co=8
5951 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
5952 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
5953 : endif
5954 :endif
5955< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
5956
5957You might want to change the first "if" to match the name of your terminal,
5958e.g. "dtterm" instead of "xterm".
5959
5960Note: Do these settings BEFORE doing ":syntax on". Otherwise the colors may
5961be wrong.
5962 *xiterm* *rxvt*
5963The above settings have been mentioned to work for xiterm and rxvt too.
5964But for using 16 colors in an rxvt these should work with terminfo: >
5965 :set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t25;%p1%{40}%+%e5;%p1%{32}%+%;%dm
5966 :set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t22;%p1%{30}%+%e1;%p1%{22}%+%;%dm
5967<
5968 *colortest.vim*
5969To test your color setup, a file has been included in the Vim distribution.
Bram Moolenaarf740b292006-02-16 22:11:02 +00005970To use it, execute this command: >
5971 :runtime syntax/colortest.vim
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005972
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005973Some versions of xterm (and other terminals, like the Linux console) can
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005974output lighter foreground colors, even though the number of colors is defined
5975at 8. Therefore Vim sets the "cterm=bold" attribute for light foreground
5976colors, when 't_Co' is 8.
5977
5978 *xfree-xterm*
5979To get 16 colors or more, get the newest xterm version (which should be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005980included with XFree86 3.3 and later). You can also find the latest version
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005981at: >
5982 http://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.html
5983Here is a good way to configure it. This uses 88 colors and enables the
5984termcap-query feature, which allows Vim to ask the xterm how many colors it
5985supports. >
5986 ./configure --disable-bold-color --enable-88-color --enable-tcap-query
5987If you only get 8 colors, check the xterm compilation settings.
5988(Also see |UTF8-xterm| for using this xterm with UTF-8 character encoding).
5989
5990This xterm should work with these lines in your .vimrc (for 16 colors): >
5991 :if has("terminfo")
5992 : set t_Co=16
5993 : set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{92}%+%;%dm
5994 : set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{82}%+%;%dm
5995 :else
5996 : set t_Co=16
5997 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
5998 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
5999 :endif
6000< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
6001
6002Without |+terminfo|, Vim will recognize these settings, and automatically
6003translate cterm colors of 8 and above to "<Esc>[9%dm" and "<Esc>[10%dm".
6004Colors above 16 are also translated automatically.
6005
6006For 256 colors this has been reported to work: >
6007
6008 :set t_AB=<Esc>[48;5;%dm
6009 :set t_AF=<Esc>[38;5;%dm
6010
6011Or just set the TERM environment variable to "xterm-color" or "xterm-16color"
6012and try if that works.
6013
6014You probably want to use these X resources (in your ~/.Xdefaults file):
6015 XTerm*color0: #000000
6016 XTerm*color1: #c00000
6017 XTerm*color2: #008000
6018 XTerm*color3: #808000
6019 XTerm*color4: #0000c0
6020 XTerm*color5: #c000c0
6021 XTerm*color6: #008080
6022 XTerm*color7: #c0c0c0
6023 XTerm*color8: #808080
6024 XTerm*color9: #ff6060
6025 XTerm*color10: #00ff00
6026 XTerm*color11: #ffff00
6027 XTerm*color12: #8080ff
6028 XTerm*color13: #ff40ff
6029 XTerm*color14: #00ffff
6030 XTerm*color15: #ffffff
6031 Xterm*cursorColor: Black
6032
6033[Note: The cursorColor is required to work around a bug, which changes the
6034cursor color to the color of the last drawn text. This has been fixed by a
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00006035newer version of xterm, but not everybody is using it yet.]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006036
6037To get these right away, reload the .Xdefaults file to the X Option database
6038Manager (you only need to do this when you just changed the .Xdefaults file): >
6039 xrdb -merge ~/.Xdefaults
6040<
6041 *xterm-blink* *xterm-blinking-cursor*
6042To make the cursor blink in an xterm, see tools/blink.c. Or use Thomas
6043Dickey's xterm above patchlevel 107 (see above for where to get it), with
6044these resources:
6045 XTerm*cursorBlink: on
6046 XTerm*cursorOnTime: 400
6047 XTerm*cursorOffTime: 250
6048 XTerm*cursorColor: White
6049
6050 *hpterm-color*
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00006051These settings work (more or less) for an hpterm, which only supports 8
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006052foreground colors: >
6053 :if has("terminfo")
6054 : set t_Co=8
6055 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%p1%dS
6056 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
6057 :else
6058 : set t_Co=8
6059 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%dS
6060 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
6061 :endif
6062< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
6063
6064 *Eterm* *enlightened-terminal*
6065These settings have been reported to work for the Enlightened terminal
6066emulator, or Eterm. They might work for all xterm-like terminals that use the
6067bold attribute to get bright colors. Add an ":if" like above when needed. >
6068 :set t_Co=16
6069 :set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t3%p1%d%e%p1%{22}%+%d;1%;m
6070 :set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t4%p1%d%e%p1%{32}%+%d;1%;m
6071<
6072 *TTpro-telnet*
6073These settings should work for TTpro telnet. Tera Term Pro is a freeware /
6074open-source program for MS-Windows. >
6075 set t_Co=16
6076 set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{32}%+5;%;%dm
6077 set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{22}%+1;%;%dm
6078Also make sure TTpro's Setup / Window / Full Color is enabled, and make sure
6079that Setup / Font / Enable Bold is NOT enabled.
6080(info provided by John Love-Jensen <eljay@Adobe.COM>)
6081
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006082
6083==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100608420. When syntax is slow *:syntime*
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006085
6086This is aimed at authors of a syntax file.
6087
6088If your syntax causes redrawing to be slow, here are a few hints on making it
6089faster. To see slowness switch on some features that usually interfere, such
6090as 'relativenumber' and |folding|.
6091
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01006092Note: This is only available when compiled with the |+profile| feature.
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02006093You many need to build Vim with "huge" features.
6094
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006095To find out what patterns are consuming most time, get an overview with this
6096sequence: >
6097 :syntime on
6098 [ redraw the text at least once with CTRL-L ]
6099 :syntime report
6100
6101This will display a list of syntax patterns that were used, sorted by the time
6102it took to match them against the text.
6103
6104:syntime on Start measuring syntax times. This will add some
6105 overhead to compute the time spent on syntax pattern
6106 matching.
6107
6108:syntime off Stop measuring syntax times.
6109
6110:syntime clear Set all the counters to zero, restart measuring.
6111
6112:syntime report Show the syntax items used since ":syntime on" in the
6113 current window. Use a wider display to see more of
6114 the output.
6115
6116 The list is sorted by total time. The columns are:
6117 TOTAL Total time in seconds spent on
6118 matching this pattern.
6119 COUNT Number of times the pattern was used.
6120 MATCH Number of times the pattern actually
6121 matched
6122 SLOWEST The longest time for one try.
6123 AVERAGE The average time for one try.
6124 NAME Name of the syntax item. Note that
6125 this is not unique.
6126 PATTERN The pattern being used.
6127
6128Pattern matching gets slow when it has to try many alternatives. Try to
6129include as much literal text as possible to reduce the number of ways a
6130pattern does NOT match.
6131
6132When using the "\@<=" and "\@<!" items, add a maximum size to avoid trying at
6133all positions in the current and previous line. For example, if the item is
6134literal text specify the size of that text (in bytes):
6135
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006136"<\@<=span" Matches "span" in "<span". This tries matching with "<" in
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006137 many places.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006138"<\@1<=span" Matches the same, but only tries one byte before "span".
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006139
RestorerZf7a38652024-04-22 20:55:32 +02006140
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02006141 vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: